10-K 1 d439625d10k.htm FORM 10-K Form 10-K
Table of Contents

 

 

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549

 

 

FORM 10-K

 

 

(Mark One)

 

x ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the fiscal year ended December 29, 2012

OR

 

¨ TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the transition period from             to             

Commission File Number 333-124878

 

 

American Tire Distributors Holdings, Inc.

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

 

 

 

Delaware   59-3796143

(State or other jurisdiction of

incorporation or organization)

 

(I.R.S. Employer

Identification Number)

12200 Herbert Wayne Court, Suite 150

Huntersville, North Carolina 28078

(Address, including zip code, of principal executive offices)

(704) 992-2000

(Registrant’s telephone number, including area code)

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

None

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:

None

 

 

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.    Yes  ¨    No  x

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act.    Yes  x    No  ¨

Indicate by a check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.    Yes  ¨    No  x *

* The registrant is a voluntary filer of reports required to be filed by certain companies under Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities and Exchange Act of 1934 and has filed all reports that would have been required to have been filed by the registrant during the preceding 12 months had it been subject to such filing requirements during the entirety of such period.

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files).    Yes  x    No  ¨

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K.  x

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one):

Large accelerated filer  ¨    Accelerated filer  ¨    Non-accelerated filer  x    Smaller reporting company  ¨

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act).    Yes  ¨    No  x

The aggregate market value of the voting stock held by non-affiliates of the registrant: None

Number of common shares outstanding at March 4, 2013: 1,000

 

 

 


Table of Contents

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

          Page  
   PART I   

ITEM 1.

  

Business

     2   

ITEM 1A.

  

Risk Factors

     11   

ITEM 1B.

  

Unresolved Staff Comments

     19   

ITEM 2.

  

Properties

     19   

ITEM 3.

  

Legal Proceedings

     19   

ITEM 4.

  

Mine Safety Disclosures

     19   
   PART II   

ITEM 5.

  

Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

     20   

ITEM 6.

  

Selected Financial Data

     20   

ITEM 7.

  

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

     24   

ITEM 7A.

  

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosure about Market Risk

     46   

ITEM 8.

  

Financial Statements and Supplementary Data

     47   

ITEM 9.

  

Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure

     94   

ITEM 9A.

  

Controls and Procedures

     94   

ITEM 9B.

  

Other Information

     94   
   PART III   

ITEM 10.

  

Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance

     95   

ITEM 11.

  

Executive Compensation

     98   

ITEM 12.

  

Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters

     111   

ITEM 13.

  

Certain Relationships and Related Transactions and Director Independence

     113   

ITEM 14.

  

Principal Accountant Fees and Services

     113   
   PART IV   

ITEM 15.

  

Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules

     115   
  

Signatures

     120   


Table of Contents

Cautionary Statements on Forward-Looking Information

This Annual Report on Form 10-K, including the section entitled “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” contains forward-looking statements relating to our business and financial outlook, that are based on our current expectations, estimates, forecasts and projections. In some cases, you can identify forward-looking statements by terminology such as “may,” “should,” “expects,” “plans,” “anticipates,” “believes,” “estimates,” “predicts,” “potential,” “continue” or other comparable terminology.

These forward-looking statements are not guarantees of future performance and involve risks, uncertainties, estimates and assumptions. Actual outcomes and results may differ materially from those expressed in these forward-looking statements. You should not place undue reliance on any of these forward-looking statements. Any forward-looking statement speaks only as of the date on which it is made, and we undertake no obligation to update any such statement to reflect new information, or the occurrence of future events or changes in circumstances, after we distribute this Annual Report on Form 10-K, except as required by the federal securities laws. Many factors could cause actual results to differ materially from those indicated by the forward-looking statements or could contribute to such differences including:

 

   

general business and economic conditions in the United States, Canada and other countries, including uncertainty as to changes and trends;

 

   

our ability to execute key strategies, including pursuing acquisitions and successfully integrating and operating acquired companies;

 

   

our ability to develop and implement the operational and financial systems needed to manage our operations;

 

   

the ability of our customers and suppliers to obtain financing related to funding their operations in the current economic market;

 

   

the financial condition of our customers, many of which are small businesses with limited financial resources;

 

   

changing relationships with customers, suppliers and strategic partners;

 

   

changes in laws or regulations affecting the tire industry;

 

   

changes in capital market conditions, including availability of funding sources and fluctuations in currency exchange rates;

 

   

impacts of competitive products and changes to the competitive environment;

 

   

acceptance of new products in the market; and

 

   

unanticipated expenditures.

See Item 1A—“Risk Factors” for further discussion.

 

1


Table of Contents

PART I

The terms “American Tire Distributors,” “ATD,” “the Company,” “we,” “us,” “our,” and similar terms in this report refer to American Tire Distributors Holdings, Inc. and its consolidated subsidiaries. The term “Holdings” refers only to American Tire Distributors Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation organized in 2005 that owns 100% of the issued and outstanding capital stock of American Tire Distributors, Inc. (“ATDI”), a Delaware corporation. Holdings has no significant assets or operations other than its ownership of ATDI. The operations of ATDI and its consolidated subsidiaries constitute the operations of Holdings presented under accounting principles generally accepted in the United States. The terms “TPG” and “Sponsor” relate to TPG Capital, L.P. and/or certain funds affiliated with TPG Capital, L.P.

 

Item 1. Business.

Our Company

We are the leading replacement tire distributor in the United States, providing a critical range of services to enable tire retailers to effectively service and grow sales to consumers. Through our network of 121 distribution centers, including 15 distribution centers in Canada, we offer access to an extensive breadth and depth of inventory, representing approximately 40,000 stock-keeping units (SKUs) to approximately 70,000 customers (approximately 62,000 in the U.S. and 8,000 in Canada). The critical range of services we provide includes frequent and timely delivery of inventory as well as business support services such as credit, training, access to consumer market data and the administration of tire manufacturer affiliate programs. In addition, our U.S. customers have access to a leading online ordering and reporting system as well as a website that enables our tire retailer customers to participate in the Internet marketing of tires to consumers. We estimate that our share of the replacement passenger and light truck tire market in the United States is approximately 10%, up from approximately 1% in 1996, with our largest customer and top ten customers accounting for less than 3.0% and 11.3%, respectively, of our net sales. Our estimated share of the replacement passenger and light truck tire market in Canada is approximately 6%.

We believe we distribute the broadest product offering in our industry, supplying our customers with the top ten leading passenger and light truck tire brands. We carry the flag brands from each of the four largest tire manufacturers—Bridgestone, Continental, Goodyear and Michelin—as well as the Hankook, Kumho, Nexen, Nitto and Pirelli brands. We also sell lower price point associate and proprietary brands of these and many other tire manufacturers. In addition, we sell custom wheels and accessories and related tire supplies and tools. We believe our large, diverse product offering allows us to better penetrate the replacement tire market across a broad range of price points.

On November 30, 2012, we completed the purchase of all of the issued and outstanding common shares of Triwest Trading (Canada) Ltd. d/b/a TriCan Tire Distributors (“TriCan”). TriCan is a wholesale distributor of tires, tire parts, tire accessories and related equipment in Canada with 15 distribution centers stretching across the country. The purchase of TriCan expanded our distribution services beyond the borders of the United States for the first time.

On May 24, 2012, we completed the purchase of 100% of the capital stock of Firestone of Denham Springs, Inc. d/b/a Consolidated Tire & Oil (“CTO”). CTO owned and operated three distribution centers in Baton Rouge, Slidell and Lafayette, Louisiana serving over 500 customers. The purchase of CTO expanded our market position in Louisiana.

On May 28, 2010, pursuant to an Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated as of April 20, 2010, we were acquired by TPG and certain co-investors for an aggregate purchase price valued at $1,287.5 million (the “Merger”). The Merger was financed by $635 million in aggregate principal amount of debt financing as well as common equity capital. In connection with the Merger, we conducted cash tender offers for our existing outstanding debt securities, all of which were subsequently purchased and retired.

 

2


Table of Contents

Our Industry

According to Modern Tire Dealer, the U.S. replacement tire market generated annual retail sales of approximately $37.8 billion in 2012. Passenger tires, medium truck tires and light truck tires accounted for 65.3%, 18.0% and 13.5%, respectively, of the total market. Farm, specialty and other types of tires accounted for the remaining 3.2%. In 2012, according to Tire Review, tire retailers obtained 62% of their tire volume from wholesale tire distributors, like us, which was up from 60% in 2011, and 19% of their tire volume from tire manufacturers, which was down from 26% in 2011.

In the U.S., replacement tires are sold to consumers through several different channels, including local, regional and national independent tire retailers, mass merchandisers, warehouse clubs, tire manufacturer-owned stores, automotive dealerships and web-based marketers. Between 1990 and 2012, independent tire retailers and automotive dealerships have enjoyed the largest increase in market share, according to Modern Tire Dealer, moving from 54.0% to 60.5% and 1.0% to 7.0% of the market, respectively.

The U.S. replacement tire market, which is our primary market, has historically experienced stable growth and favorable pricing dynamics. From 1955 through 2012, U.S. replacement tire unit shipments increased by an average of approximately 2.6% per year. However, during challenging economic periods, consumers may opt to defer replacement tire purchases or purchase less costly brand tires. Beginning with the onset of the economic downturn in 2008, increased economic uncertainty, high unemployment and rising fuel prices led to negative growth during 2008 and 2009 in the U.S. replacement tire market. The economic environment showed signs of stabilization during 2010, ending the negative growth trend with U.S. replacement tire unit shipments increasing 7.8% over 2009. However, during 2011, U.S. replacement tire unit shipments were down slightly compared to 2010 as slow economic growth, persistently high fuel cost and a decrease in miles driven impacted the U.S. tire replacement market. Despite an increase in miles driven during 2012, the U.S. replacement tire market continued the negative growth trend as U.S. replacement tire unit shipments were down 1.8% as compared to 2011 as the economy continued to recover at a slow pace.

Despite these recent declines, we believe going forward growth in the U.S. and Canadian replacement tire markets will continue to be driven by favorable underlying dynamics, including:

 

   

increases in the number and average age of passenger cars and light trucks;

 

   

increases in the number of miles driven;

 

   

increases in the number of licensed drivers as the U.S. population continues to grow;

 

   

increases in the number of replacement tire SKUs;

 

   

growth of the high performance tire segment; and

 

   

shortening tire replacement cycles due to changes in product mix that increasingly favor high performance tires, which have shorter average lives.

Our Business Strategy

Our objective is to be the largest distributor of replacement tires to local, regional and national independent U.S. and Canadian tire retailers, as well as the various national and corporate accounts while providing our customers a critical range of services such as frequent and timely delivery of inventory as well as business support services. We intend to accomplish this objective, drive above-market growth and further enhance profitability and cash flow by executing the following key operating strategies:

Leverage Our Infrastructure in Existing Markets. Through infrastructure expansions over the past several years, we have developed a scalable platform with available incremental distribution capacity. Our distribution infrastructure enables us to efficiently add new customers and service growing channels, such as automotive

 

3


Table of Contents

dealerships, thereby increasing profitability by leveraging the utilization of our existing assets. We believe our relative penetration in existing markets is largely a function of the services we offer and the length of time we have operated locally. Specifically, in new markets, we have experienced growth in market share over time, and in markets that we have served the longest, we generally have market share well in excess of our national average.

Maintain a Comprehensive and Deep Tire Portfolio to Meet Our Customers’ Needs. We provide a broad range of products covering all price points from entry-level to faster growing high and ultra-high performance tires, through a full suite of flag, associate and proprietary brand tires. We will continue to focus on high and ultra-high performance tires, given the growth in demand for such tires, while maintaining our emphasis on providing broad market and entry level tire offerings. Our comprehensive tire portfolio is designed to satisfy all of our customers’ needs and allow us to become the supplier of choice, thereby increasing customer penetration and retention.

Utilize Technology Platform to Continue to Increase Distribution Efficiency. We intend to continue to invest in our inventory and warehouse management systems and logistics technology in order to further increase our efficiency and profit margins and improve customer service. We continue to evaluate and incorporate technical solutions including our current roll out of handheld scanning for receiving, picking and delivery of products to our customers. We believe these increased efficiencies will continue to enhance our reputation with our customers for providing a high level of prompt customer service, while also reducing costs.

Continue to Expand in Existing and New Geographic Markets. While we have the largest distribution footprint in the U.S. replacement tire market, we have limited or no market presence in certain geographic areas in the contiguous United States. We intend to enter into previously underserved geographic markets as well as expand in our existing markets in the United States and Canada by opening new distribution centers and/or through opportunistic acquisitions. Our acquisition strategy allows us to increase our share in existing markets and add distribution in new markets, utilizing our scale to realize cost savings. We believe our position as the leading replacement tire distributor in the United States, our national presence in Canada as a result of the TriCan acquisition, combined with our access to capital and our scalable platform, allows us to make acquisitions at attractive post-synergy valuations.

Expand Penetration of the Emerging Automotive Dealership Channel. Automotive dealerships are focused on growing their service business in an effort to expand profitability, and we believe they view having replacement tire capabilities as an important service element. Over the past few years we have steadily trained and deployed sales personnel to help build our sales at these accounts. We continue to invest and focus resources in this channel to strengthen and expand our relationships with the automobile manufacturers and further grow our share of tire sales to their dealerships.

Grow TireBuyer.com® into a Premier Internet Tire Provider. TireBuyer.com® is an Internet site that enables our U.S. independent tire retailer customers to connect with consumers and sell to them over the Internet. TireBuyer.com® allows our broad base of independent tire retailer customers to participate in a greater share of the growing Internet tire market. We believe that TireBuyer.com® complements and services our participating U.S. independent tire retailers by providing them access to a sales and marketing channel previously unavailable to them. The site was re-launched in 2012 on a new faster and more flexible platform to better respond to the needs of our customers and improve the overall consumer experience on the site.

Our Competitive Strengths

We believe the following key strengths position us well to maintain our ability to achieve revenue growth in excess of the U.S. and Canadian replacement tire industry:

Leading Position in a Highly-Fragmented Marketplace. We are the leading replacement tire distributor in the United States with an estimated market share of approximately 10%. Our estimated share of the replacement

 

4


Table of Contents

passenger and light truck tire market in Canada is approximately 6%. We believe our scale provides us key competitive advantages relative to our smaller, and generally regionally-focused, competitors. These include the ability to: efficiently stock and deliver a wide variety of tires, custom wheels, tire supplies, tools and accessories; invest in services, including sales tools and technologies, to support our customers; and realize operating efficiencies from our scalable infrastructure. We believe our leading market position, combined with our commitment to distribution, as opposed to the retail operations engaged in by our customers, enhances our ability to expand our sales footprint cost effectively both in our existing markets and in new domestic geographic markets.

Extensive and Efficient Distribution Network. We believe we have the largest independent replacement tire distribution network in the United States and Canada with 121 distribution centers and approximately 1,000 delivery vehicles serving a majority of the contiguous United States and Canada. Our extensive distribution footprint, combined with our sophisticated inventory management and logistics technologies, enables us to deliver the vast majority of orders on a same or next day basis, which is critical for tire retailers who are typically limited by physical inventory capacity and working capital constraints. Our delivery technologies allow us to more effectively and efficiently organize and optimize our route systems to provide timely product delivery. Our Oracle ERP system provides a scalable platform that can support future growth and ongoing cost reduction initiatives, including warehouse and truck management systems, which we believe will allow us to continue reducing warehouse and delivery costs per unit.

Broad Product Offering from Diverse Supplier Base. We believe we offer the most comprehensive selection of tires in the industry through a diverse group of suppliers. We supply the top ten leading passenger tire brands, and we carry the flag brands from each of the four largest tire manufacturers—Bridgestone, Continental, Goodyear and Michelin—as well as the Hankook, Kumho, Nexen, Nitto and Pirelli brands. Our tire product line includes a full suite of flag, associate and proprietary brand tires, allowing us to service a broad range of price points from entry level to the faster growing ultra-high performance category. In addition to tires, we also offer custom wheels and accessories and related tire supplies and tools. We believe that our broad product offering drives penetration among existing customers, attracts new customers and maximizes customer retention.

Broad Range of Critical Services. We provide a critical range of services which enable our tire retailer customers to operate their businesses more profitably. These services include convenient access to and timely delivery of the broadest product offerings available in the industry, as well as fundamental business support services, such as credit, training and access to consumer market data, that enable our tire retailer customers to better service their individual markets, and administration of tire manufacturer affiliate programs. We provide our U.S. customers with convenient 24/7 access to our extensive product offerings through our innovative and proprietary business-to-business web portal, ATDOnline®. Our online services also include TireBuyer.com® to allow our U.S. independent tire retailer customers to participate in the Internet marketing of tires to consumers. The site was re-launched in 2012 on a new faster and more flexible platform to better respond to the needs of our customers and improve the overall consumer experience on the site. We also provide select, qualified U.S. independent tire retailers with the opportunity to participate in our Tire Pros® franchise program through which they receive advertising and marketing support and the benefits of a national brand identity.

Diversified Customer Base and Longstanding Customer Relationships. We serve a highly diversified customer base comprised of local, regional and national independent tire retailers, automotive dealerships, tire manufacturer-owned stores and mass merchandisers. We believe we are a top supplier to many of our customers and maintain customer relationships that exceed a decade on average for our top 20 customers. We believe the diversity of our customer base and the strength of our customer relationships present an opportunity to grow market share regardless of macroeconomic and replacement tire market conditions.

Consistent Financial Performance and Strong Cash Flow Generation. Our financial performance has benefited from substantial growth that has been achieved based on a combination of organic initiatives and acquisitions. In addition, the low capital intensity of our business combined with the efficient management of our

 

5


Table of Contents

working capital, due to our advanced inventory management systems and close vendor relationships, has historically enabled us to generate strong cash flow from operations.

Experienced Management Team Supported by Strong Equity Sponsorship. Our senior management team, led by our President and CEO William E. Berry, has an average of over 23 years of experience in the replacement tire distribution industry. Management has a proven track record of implementing successful initiatives in a leverage environment, including the execution of a disciplined acquisition strategy, which has contributed to our gross profit expansion and above-market net sales growth. In addition, we have reduced costs through the integration of operating systems and introduction of standard operating practices across all locations, resulting in improved operating efficiencies, reduced headcount and improved operating profit at existing and acquired locations. We also benefit from the extensive management and business experience provided by our Sponsor, TPG.

Products

We provide our customers with a complete package of tires, tire supplies and tools as well as custom wheels and accessories. During 2012, tire sales accounted for 96.9% of our net sales. Tire supplies, tools and custom wheels and accessories represented approximately 3.1% of our net sales.

Tires

We sell a broad selection of well-known flag brands as well as lower price point associate and proprietary brand tires. We believe our large, diverse product offering allows us to service the broad range of price points in the replacement tire market. Sales of passenger and light truck tires accounted for 82.2% of our net sales in fiscal 2012. The remainder of our tire sales was for medium trucks, farm vehicles and other specialty tires.

Flag brands. Flag brands, which have the greatest brand recognition as a result of both strong sales and strong marketing support from tire manufacturers, are generally premium-quality and premium-priced offerings. The flag brands that we sell have high consumer recognition and generate higher per-tire profit than associate or proprietary brands. We carry the flag brands from each of the four largest tire manufacturers—Bridgestone, Continental, Goodyear and Michelin—as well as the Hankook, Kumho, Nexen, Nitto and Pirelli brands. Within our flag brand product portfolio, we also carry high and ultra-high performance tires.

Associate brands. Associate brands are primarily lower-priced tires manufactured by well-known manufacturers. Our associate brands, such as Fuzion®, allow us to offer tires in a wider price range. In addition, associate brands are attractive to our tire retailer customers because they may count towards various incentive programs offered by manufacturers.

Proprietary and exclusive brands. Our Capitol® brand is a lower-priced tire made by tire manufacturers exclusively for, and marketed by, us for which we hold the trademark. This brand, in which we hold or control the trademark, strengthens our entry-level priced product offering and allows us to sell value-oriented tires to tire retailers, increasing our overall market penetration.

Custom Wheels and Accessories

Custom wheels directly complement our tire products as many custom wheel consumers purchase tires when purchasing wheels. Customers can order custom wheels from us separately or in addition to their regular tire orders without the added complexity of being serviced by an additional vendor. We offer over 30 different wheel brands, along with installation and service accessories. Of these brands, five are proprietary: ICW® Racing, Pacer®, Drifz®, Cruiser Alloy® and O.E. Performance®. An additional seven brands are national and exclusive to us: CX, Maas, Zora, Gear, Motiv, TIS (Twenty Inches Strong) and Dropstars which also includes Monster Energy Edition wheel styles. Nationally available flag brands complement our offering with such brands

 

6


Table of Contents

as Asanti, Advanti Racing, Black Rock, BMF, Cragar, Dick Cepek, Ultra, Platinum, Lexani, Mickey Thompson, Konig and HRE. Collectively, these brands represent one of the most comprehensive wheel offerings in the industry. Sourcing of product is worldwide through a number of manufacturers.

Tire Supplies and Tools

We supply our customers with a wide array of tire supplies and tools which enable them to better service their customers as well as help them become a more profitable business. Our tire supplies and tools are the most popular brand names from leading manufacturers. These products broaden our portfolio and leverage our customer relationships.

Competition

The U.S. and Canadian tire distribution industry is highly competitive and fragmented. In these markets, replacement tires are sold to consumers through several different outlets, including local, regional and national independent tire retailers, mass merchandisers, warehouse clubs, tire manufacturer-owned stores, automotive dealerships and web-based marketers. We compete with a number of tire distributors on a regional basis.

Our main competitors include TBC/Treadways Wholesale (owned by Sumitomo), which has retail operations that compete with its distribution customers, and TCI Tire Centers. In the automotive dealership channel, our principal competitor is Dealer Tire, which is focused principally on administering replacement tire programs for selected automobile manufacturers’ dealerships. In the online channel, our principal competitor is Tire Rack, which is principally focused on high and ultra-high performance offerings, acting as both a retailer and a wholesaler. We face competition from smaller regional companies and would be adversely affected if mass merchandisers and warehouse clubs gained market share from local independent tire retailers, as our market share in those channels is lower.

Customers

We serve a highly diversified customer base comprised of local, regional and national independent tire retailers, as well as various national and corporate accounts. During fiscal 2012, we sold to approximately 62,000 customers in a majority of the contiguous United States. Also, as a result of our acquisition of TriCan in November 2012, we are able to service approximately 8,000 customers in most major markets within Canada. In fiscal 2012, our largest customer and our top ten customers accounted for less than 3.0% and 11.3%, respectively, of our net sales. We believe we are a top supplier to many of our customers and maintain customer relationships that exceed a decade on average for our top 20 customers.

Suppliers

We purchase our tires from several sources, including the four largest tire manufacturers, Bridgestone, Continental, Goodyear and Michelin, from whom we bought 58.8% of our tire products in fiscal 2012. In general, we do not have long-term supply agreements with tire manufacturers, instead relying on oral arrangements or written agreements that are renegotiated annually and can be terminated on short notice. However, we have conducted business with many of our major tire suppliers for over 20 years, and we believe that we have good relationships with all of our major suppliers. In recent years, tire manufacturers have reduced the number of tire retailers they service directly. As a result of this change, tire retailers have increasingly relied on us, and we have become a more critical link between manufacturers and tire retailers.

There are a number of worldwide manufacturers of wheels and other automotive products. Most of the wheels we purchase are proprietary brands, namely, Pacer®, Cruiser Alloy®, Drifz®, O.E. Performance® and ICW® Racing, and are produced by a variety of manufacturers.

 

7


Table of Contents

Distribution System

We have designed our distribution system to deliver products from a wide variety of tire manufacturers to our tire retailer customers. In recent years, tire manufacturers have reduced the number of tire retailers they service directly and tire retailers have reduced the inventory they hold. At the same time, the depth and breadth of replacement SKUs has continued to expand. As a result of these changes, tire retailers have increasingly relied on us and we have become a more critical link in enabling tire retailers to more efficiently manage their business.

We utilize a sophisticated inventory and delivery system to distribute our products to most customers on a same or next day basis. In our U.S. distribution centers, we use sophisticated bin locator systems, material handling equipment and routing software that link customer orders to our inventory and delivery routes. We believe this distribution system, which is integrated with our innovative and proprietary business-to-business ATDOnline® ordering and reporting system, provides us a competitive advantage by allowing us to ship customer orders quickly and efficiently while also reducing labor costs. Our logistics and routing technology uses third-party software packages and GPS systems, including dynamic routing and Roadnet 5000, to optimize route design and delivery capacity. Coupled with our fleet of approximately 1,000 delivery vehicles, this technology enables us to cost effectively make multiple daily or weekly shipments to customers as necessary.

Approximately 80% of our U.S. tire purchases are shipped directly by tire manufacturers to our U.S. distribution centers. The remainder are shipped by manufacturers to our redistribution centers located in Maiden, North Carolina, Bakersfield, California and Chicago, Illinois. These redistribution centers warehouse slower-moving and foreign-manufactured products, which are forwarded to our U.S. distribution centers as needed.

Information Systems

Through infrastructure expansions over the past several years, we have developed a scalable platform with incremental capacity available. We are currently finishing the U.S. implementation of an Oracle ERP system that supports future growth and ongoing cost reduction initiatives, including warehouse and truck management systems, which we believe will allow us to continue reducing warehouse and delivery costs per unit. The ERP implementation, which is nearing completion, has basically replaced our legacy computer system. We continue to evaluate and incorporate technical solutions such as handheld scanning for receiving, picking and delivery of product to our customers.

Inventory Control

We believe that we maintain levels of inventory that are adequate to meet our customers’ needs on a same day or next day basis. Since customers look to us to fulfill their needs on short notice, inventory levels are a primary focus of our business model. As a result, backlog of orders is not considered material to, or a significant factor in, evaluating and understanding our business. Our inventory levels are determined using sales data derived from distribution centers (on a combined basis, an individual basis or by geographic region) as well as from vendors who supply the distribution centers and retail customer stores that are served by the distribution center. All distribution centers stock a base inventory and may expand beyond preset inventory levels as deemed appropriate by their general managers. Computer systems monitor inventory levels for all stock items and quantities are periodically re-balanced from center-to-center.

Marketing and Customer Service

Our marketing efforts are focused on driving growth through customer service, additional product placement and market expansion. We provide a critical range of services which enable our tire retailer customers to operate their businesses more profitably. These services include frequent and timely delivery of inventory, as well as fundamental business support services such as credit, training and access to customer market data which enable our tire retailer customers to better service their individual markets. In addition, we provide our U.S.

 

8


Table of Contents

customers with an online web portal with convenient 24/7 access to our inventory, an internet site that allows our U.S. tire retailer customers to participate in the internet marketing of tires to customers as well as a franchise program in the U.S. where we deliver advertising and marketing support to our tire retailer customers.

Sales Force

We have structured our sales organization to best serve our existing customers and develop new prospective customers such as automotive dealerships. As the manufacturers have reduced their own sales staffs, our sales force has assumed the consultative role manufacturers previously provided to tire retailers. Our tire sales force consists of sales personnel at each distribution center plus a sales administrative team located at our field support center in Huntersville, North Carolina.

Sales teams, consisting of salespeople and customer service representatives, focus on tire retailers located within the service area of the distribution center and include a combination of tire-, wheel- and supplies-focused sales personnel. Some sales personnel visit targeted customers to advance our business opportunities and those of our customers, while other sales personnel remain at our facility, making client contact by telephone to advance specific products or programs. Customer service representatives manage incoming calls from customers and provide assistance with order placement, inventory inquiries and general customer support.

The Huntersville-based sales administrative team directs sales personnel at the distribution centers and manages our corporate account customers, including large national and regional retail tire and service companies. This team also manages our Huntersville-based call center, which provides call management assistance to the U.S. distribution centers during peak times of the day, thereby minimizing customer wait time, and also provides support upon any disruption in a distribution center’s local telephone service. They also serve as the primary point of contact for product and technical inquiries from TireBuyer.com® shoppers.

Our aftermarket wheel sales group employs sales and technical support personnel in the field and performance specialists in each region. The responsibilities of this sales group include cultivating new prospective wheel and supplies customers as well as coordinating with tire sales professionals to cover existing accounts. The technical support professionals provide answers to customer questions regarding wheel style and fitment and supplies.

Automotive dealerships are focused on growing their service business in an effort to expand profitability, and we believe they view having replacement tire capabilities as an important service element. Between 1990 and 2012, automotive dealerships have enjoyed a large increase in market share according to Modern Tire Dealer, moving from 1.0% of the U.S. replacement tire market to 7.0% of the market. Over the past few years we have steadily trained and deployed sales personnel to help build our sales at these accounts. We continue to invest and focus resources in this channel to strengthen and expand our relationships with the automobile manufacturers and further grow our share of tire sales to their dealerships.

Tire Retailer Programs

Through our Tire Pros® franchise program we deliver advertising and marketing support to U.S. tire retailer customers operating as Tire Pros® franchisees. U.S. independent tire retailers participating in this franchise program enjoy the benefits of a national brand identity with minimal investment, while still maintaining their local identity. We anticipate increasing volume penetration among, and further aligning ourselves with, franchisees.

Individual manufacturers offer a variety of programs for tire retailers that sell their products, such as Bridgestone’s TireStarz, Continental’s Gold, Goodyear’s G3X, Kumho’s Fuel and Michelin’s Alliance. These programs, which are relatively complex, provide cooperative advertising funds, volume discounts and other incentives. As part of our service to our customers, we assist in the administration of managing these programs

 

9


Table of Contents

for the manufacturers and enhance these programs through dedicated staff to assist tire retailers in managing their participation. We believe these enhancements, combined with other aspects of our customer service, provide significant value to our customers.

We also offer our U.S. tire retailer customers ATDServiceBAY®, which makes available a comprehensive suite of benefits including nationwide tire and service warranties (through third-party warranty providers), a nationally accepted, private-label credit card (through GE Capital), access to consumer market data and training and marketing programs to provide our tire retailer customers with the support and service that are critical to succeed in today’s increasingly competitive marketplace.

ATDOnline® and TireBuyer.com®

ATDOnline® provides our U.S. customers with web-based online ordering and 24/7 access to our inventory availability and pricing. Orders are processed automatically and printed in the appropriate distribution center within minutes of entry through ATDOnline®. Our customers are able to track expected deliveries and retrieve copies of their signed delivery receipts. ATDOnline® also allows customers to track account balances and participation in tire manufacturer incentive programs. We encourage our customers to use this system because it represents a more efficient method of order entry and information access than traditional order systems. In fiscal 2012, approximately 68% of our total order volume was ordered through ATDOnline®, up from 56% in fiscal 2007.

TireBuyer.com® is an Internet site that enables our U.S. independent tire retailer customers to connect with consumers and sell to them over the Internet. Consumers using TireBuyer.com® choose to buy from a select, qualified independent tire retailer participating in our TireBuyer.com® program. We then distribute the purchased products to the selected tire retailer for local installation. The tire retailer receives the full revenue of the transaction, less any applicable processing fees, upon product installation. We employ a third-party provider to handle the online billing and payment process. We do not handle customers’ credit card or other sensitive information.

We account for revenues from TireBuyer.com® in the same manner as other orders received from tire retailer customers. The TireBuyer.com® transaction structure allows us to retain our distribution focus, while strengthening our relationship with our tire retailer customers by providing them access to a sales and marketing channel previously unavailable to them. In 2012, the TireBuyer.com® site was re-launched on a new platform that is faster and more flexible in allowing us to respond to the needs of our customers and enhancing the overall consumer experience. Consumer traffic on the site continues to increase.

Trademarks

The proprietary brand names under which we market our products are trademarks of our company. We value our brand names because they help develop brand identification. All of our trademarks are of perpetual duration as long as they are periodically renewed. We currently intend to maintain all of them in force. The principal proprietary brand names under which we market our products are: CAPITOL® tires, NEGOTIATOR® tires, DYNATRAC® tires, CRUISERALLOY® custom wheels, DRIFZ® custom wheels, ICW® custom wheels, PACER® custom wheels and O.E. PERFORMANCE® custom wheels. Our other trademarks include: AMERICAN TIRE DISTRIBUTORS®, ATD®, ATDONLINE®, ATDSERVICEBAY®, WHEEL WIZARD®, ENVIZIO®, WHEEL WIZARD ENVIZIO®, WHEELENVIZIO.COM®, XPRESSPERFORMANCE®, TIREBUYER.COM® and TIRE PROS®.

Seasonality

Although the effects of seasonality are not significant to our business, we have historically experienced an increase in net sales in the second and third fiscal quarters and an increase in working capital in the first fiscal quarter.

 

10


Table of Contents

Environmental Matters

Our operations and properties are subject to federal, state and local laws and regulations relating to the use, storage, handling, generation, transportation, treatment, emission, release, discharge and disposal of hazardous materials, substances and waste as well as relating to the investigation and clean-up of contaminated properties, including off-site disposal locations. We do not incur significant costs complying with environmental laws and regulations. However, we could be subject to material environmental costs, liabilities or claims in the future, especially in the event of the adoption of new environmental laws or changes in existing laws and regulations or in their interpretation.

Employees

As of December 29, 2012, our operations employed approximately 3,500 people, approximately 3,300 of which are located in the U.S. and the balance located within our Canadian distribution centers. None of our employees are represented by a union. We believe our employee relations are satisfactory.

Available Information

We file reports and other information with the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”). You may read and, for a fee, copy any document that we file with the SEC at the public reference room maintained by the SEC at 100 F Street, N.E., Washington, D.C. 20549. You may also obtain information on the operation of the public reference room by calling the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330. Our SEC filings are also available to the public from commercial document retrieval services and at the website maintained by the SEC at www.sec.gov.

You may also request a copy of these filings at no cost, by writing or telephoning us at the following address:

American Tire Distributors Holdings, Inc.

Attention: Corporate Secretary

12200 Herbert Wayne Court

Suite 150

Huntersville, NC 28078

(704) 992-2000

 

Item 1A. Risk Factors.

You should carefully consider the risks described below when evaluating our business and operations. The risks described below could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition or results of operations.

Demand for tire products is lower when general economic conditions are weak. Decreases in the availability of consumer credit or consumer spending could adversely affect our business, results of operations or cash flows.

The popularity, supply and demand for tire products changes from year to year based on consumer confidence, the volume of tires reaching the replacement tire market and the level of personal discretionary income, among other factors. Decreases in the availability of consumer credit or decreases in consumer spending as a result of recent economic conditions, including increased unemployment and rising fuel prices, may cause consumers to delay tire purchases, reduce spending on tires or purchase less expensive tires. These changes in consumer behavior could reduce the number of tires we sell, reduce our net sales or cause a change in our product mix toward products with lower per-tire margins, any of which could adversely affect our business, results of operations or cash flows.

Local economic, employment, weather, transportation and other conditions also affect tire sales, on both a wholesale and retail basis. We cannot, as a result of these factors and others, assure you that our business will

 

11


Table of Contents

continue to generate sufficient cash flows to finance or grow our business or that our cash needs will not increase. Historically, we have experienced that rising fuel costs, higher unemployment and credit tightening cause a decrease in miles driven and consumer spending, both of which we believe cause a decrease in unit sales in the U.S. replacement tire industry. Our business is adversely affected as a result of such industry-wide events and we may be adversely affected by similar events in the future.

Our substantial indebtedness could adversely affect our financial condition and prevent us from fulfilling our obligations under our notes and our other indebtedness.

We have a substantial amount of debt, which requires significant interest and principal payments. As of December 29, 2012, we had approximately $951.2 million of total indebtedness outstanding. Subject to the limits contained in our ABL Facility, the indenture governing our Senior Secured Notes, the indenture governing our Senior Subordinated Notes and our other debt instruments, we may be able to incur substantial additional debt from time to time to finance working capital, capital expenditures, investments or acquisitions, or for other purposes. If we do so, the risks related to our high level of debt will increase.

Specifically, our high level of debt could have important consequences to the holders of our notes, including the following:

 

   

making it more difficult to satisfy our obligations with respect to our notes and our other debt. Any failure to comply with the obligations under any of our debt instruments, including restrictive covenants, could result in a default under the indenture governing our notes and the agreements governing our other debt;

 

   

limiting our ability to obtain additional financing to fund future working capital, capital expenditures, acquisitions and other general corporate requirements;

 

   

requiring a substantial portion of our cash flows to be dedicated to debt service payments instead of other purposes, thereby reducing the amount of cash flows available for working capital, capital expenditures, acquisitions and general corporate requirements;

 

   

increasing our vulnerability to general adverse economic and industry conditions;

 

   

exposing us to the risk of increased interest rates as a significant amount of our borrowings are at variable rates of interest, including borrowings under our ABL Facility;

 

   

limiting our flexibility in planning for and reacting to changes in the industry in which we compete;

 

   

placing us at a disadvantage compared to other, less leveraged competitors;

 

   

increasing our cost of borrowing; and

 

   

preventing us from raising the funds necessary to repurchase all notes tendered to us upon the occurrence of certain changes of control, which would constitute an event of default under the indenture governing our notes.

In addition, the indentures that govern our notes and our ABL Facility contain restrictive covenants that limit our ability to engage in activities that may be in our long term best interests. Our failure to comply with those covenants could result in an event of default which, if not cured or waived, could result in the acceleration of all our debt.

Our business requires a significant amount of cash, and fluctuations in our cash flows may adversely affect our ability to fund our business or acquisitions or satisfy our debt obligations.

Our ability to fund working capital needs and planned capital expenditures and acquisitions and our ability to satisfy our debt obligations depend on our ability to generate cash flows. If we are unable to generate sufficient

 

12


Table of Contents

cash flows from operations to meet these needs, we may need to refinance all or a portion of our existing debt, obtain additional financing or reduce expenditures that we deem necessary to our business. Further, our ability to grow our business and market share through acquisitions may be impaired. We cannot assure you that we would be able to obtain refinancing of this kind on favorable terms or at all or that any additional financing could be obtained. The inability to obtain additional financing could materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition and cash flows.

The industry in which we operate is highly competitive and our failure to effectively compete may adversely affect our results of operations, financial condition and cash flows.

The industry in which we operate is highly competitive. In the United States and Canada, replacement tires are sold to consumers through several different outlets, including local independent tire retailers and mass merchandisers, warehouse clubs, tire manufacturer-owned stores, automotive dealerships and web-based marketers. A number of independent wholesale tire distributors compete with us in the regions in which we do business. Most of our tire retailer customers buy products from both us and our competitors. We cannot assure you that we will be able to compete successfully in our markets in the future. Furthermore, some of our competitors, including mass merchandisers, warehouse clubs and tire manufacturers, are significantly better leveraged than us and have greater resources. See Item 1 “Business—Competition.”

We would also be adversely affected if certain channels in the replacement tire market, including mass merchandisers and warehouse clubs, gain market share at the expense of the local independent tire retailers; as our market share in those channels is lower.

We depend on manufacturers to provide us with the products we sell and disruptions in these relationships or manufacturers’ operations could adversely affect our results of operations, financial condition or cash flows.

There are a limited number of tire manufacturers worldwide. Accordingly, we rely on a limited number of tire manufacturers to supply us with the products we sell, including flag and associate brands and our proprietary brands. Our business depends on developing and maintaining productive relationships with these manufacturers. Outside of our proprietary brands, we do not have long-term contracts with these manufacturers, and we cannot assure you that these manufacturers will continue to supply products to us on favorable terms or at all. Many of our supplier manufacturers are free to terminate their business relationship with us with little or no notice and may elect to do so for any reason or no reason. Further, certain of our key suppliers also compete with us as they distribute and sell tires to certain of our tire retailer customers. A move towards this business model among our supplier manufacturers could adversely affect our results of operations, financial condition or cash flows.

In addition, our growth strategy depends in part on our ability to make selective acquisitions, but manufacturers may not be willing to supply the companies we acquire, which could adversely affect our business and results of operations. Furthermore, we could be adversely affected if any significant manufacturer experiences financial, operational, production, supply, labor or quality assurance difficulties that result in a reduction or interruption in our supply, or if they otherwise fail to meet our needs. These risks have been more pronounced recently in light of the economic downturn, commodity price volatility and governmental actions. In addition, our failure to order or promptly pay for sufficient quantities of our products may result in an increase in the unit cost of the products we purchase, a reduction in cooperative advertising and marketing funds, or a manufacturer’s unwillingness or refusal to sell products to us. If we are required to replace our manufacturers, we could experience cost increases, time delays in deliveries and a loss of customers, any of which would adversely affect us. Finally, although most newly manufactured tires are sold in the replacement tire market, manufacturers pay disproportionate attention to automobile manufacturers that purchase tires for new cars. Increased demand from automobile manufacturers could result in cost increases and time delays in deliveries to us, any of which could adversely affect us.

 

13


Table of Contents

Pricing volatility for raw materials could result in increased costs and may affect our profitability.

Costs for certain raw materials used in manufacturing the products we sell, including natural rubber, chemicals, steel reinforcements, carbon black, synthetic rubber and other petroleum-based products are volatile. Increasing costs for raw materials supplies would result in increased production costs for tire manufacturers. Tire manufacturers typically pass along a portion of their increased costs to us through price increases. While we typically try to pass increased prices and fuel costs through to tire retailers or to modify our activities to mitigate the impact of higher prices, we may not be successful. Failure to fully pass these increased prices and costs through to tire retailers or to modify our activities to mitigate the impact would adversely affect our operating margins and results of operations. Further, even if we do successfully pass along these costs, demand for tires may decline as a result of the increased costs, which would adversely affect us.

Attempts to expand our distribution services into new geographic markets may adversely affect our business, results of operations, financial condition or cash flows.

We plan to expand our distribution services into new geographic markets in the U.S. and Canada, which will require us to make capital investments to extend and develop our distribution infrastructure. We may not achieve profitability in new regions for a period of time. If we do not successfully add new distribution centers and routes, we experience unanticipated costs or delays or we experience competition in such markets that is greater than we expect, our business, results of operations, financial condition or cash flows may be adversely affected.

We may be unable to identify desirable acquisition targets or future acquisitions may not be successful.

We plan to investigate and acquire strategic businesses or product lines with the potential to be accretive to earnings, increase our market penetration, strengthen our market position or enhance our existing product offering. We cannot assure you, however, that we will identify or successfully complete transactions with suitable acquisition candidates in the future. A failure to identify and acquire desirable acquisition targets may slow growth in our annual unit volume, which could adversely affect our existing business, financial condition, results of operations or cash flows.

We also cannot assure you that completed acquisitions will be successful. If a business we acquire, such as TriCan or CTO, each of which we acquired in 2012, fails to operate as anticipated or cannot be successfully integrated with our existing business, our financial condition, results of operations or cash flows could be adversely affected.

Future acquisitions could require us to issue additional debt or equity.

Our recent acquisition of TriCan was financed primarily through our ABL Facility, which was amended and restated in connection with the acquisition to provide for, among other things, additional Canadian revolving credit commitments of $60.0 million. If we were to undertake another substantial acquisition, the acquisition would likely need to be financed in part through further amendments to our ABL Facility, additional financing from banks, public offerings or private placements of debt or equity securities or other arrangements. We cannot assure you that the necessary acquisition financing would be available to us on acceptable terms if and when required, particularly because we are currently highly leveraged, which may make it difficult or impossible for us to secure financing for acquisitions. If we were to undertake an acquisition by issuing equity securities or equity-linked securities, the acquisition may have a dilutive effect on the interests of the holders of our common shares. If we were to undertake an acquisition by incurring additional debt, the risks associated with our already substantial level of indebtedness could intensify.

 

14


Table of Contents

The failure of the Company’s information technology systems could disrupt the Company’s business operations which could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s business, financial condition and/or results of operations.

The operation of our business depends on our information technology systems. The failure of our information technology systems to perform as we anticipate could disrupt our business and could result in, among other things, transaction errors, processing inefficiencies, loss of data and the loss of sales and customers, which could cause our business and results of operations to suffer. While we have made significant investments in our disaster recovery strategies and infrastructure, our information technology systems may be vulnerable to damage or interruption from circumstances beyond our control, including, without limitation, fire, natural disasters, power outages, systems failure, system conversions, security breaches, cyber-attacks, viruses and/or human error. In any such event, we could be required to make a significant investment to fix or replace information technology systems, and we could experience interruptions in our ability to service our customers. Additionally, we and our customers could suffer financial and reputational harm if customer or Company proprietary information was compromised by a security breach or cyber-attack. Any such damage or interruption could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and/or results of operations.

Our business strategy relies increasingly upon online commerce. If our customers were unable to access any of our websites, such as ATDOnline®, our business and operations could be disrupted and our operating results would be adversely affected.

Customers’ access to our websites directly affects the volume of orders we fulfill and our revenues in the U.S. Approximately 68% of our total order volume in fiscal 2012 was placed online using ATDOnline®, up from approximately 56% in fiscal 2007. We expect our Internet-generated business in the U.S. to continue to grow as a percentage of overall sales. To be successful, we must ensure that ATDOnline® is well supported and functional on a 24/7 basis. If we are not able to continuously make these ordering tools available to our customers, there could be a decline in online orders and a decrease in our net sales.

We may not successfully execute our plan to grow our TireBuyer.com® service or we may not attain the growth we expect from our TireBuyer.com® service.

We continue to invest in TireBuyer.com®, an Internet site which enables our independent tire retailer customers to access the online tire consumer market and sell to consumers over the Internet. In 2012, the TireBuyer.com® site was re-launched on a new platform that is faster and more flexible in allowing us to respond to the needs of our customers and enhancing the overall consumer experience. Since its initial launch in 2009, we have seen a consistent increase in consumer traffic on the site. We expect that by growing and developing our TireBuyer.com® service, we can leverage our tire retailer customer footprint to capture a greater share of the Internet tire market. For TireBuyer.com® to be successful, however, we must ensure that it is well supported and functional on a 24/7 basis. In addition, TireBuyer.com® faces significant competition from other online participants, some of which have significantly larger Internet market share, longer Internet market presence, greater Internet marketing experience and better name recognition than we enjoy. We may fail to successfully grow, develop or support the TireBuyer.com® service or we may not attain the growth or benefits we expect TireBuyer.com® to provide us due to strong competition or other factors, which may adversely affect our business, financial condition or results of operations.

Because the majority of our inventory is stored in our warehouse distribution centers, a disruption in our warehouse distribution centers could adversely affect our results of operations by increasing our cost and distribution lead times.

We maintain the majority of our inventory in 121 distribution centers in the United States and Canada. Serious disruptions affecting these distribution centers or the flow of products in or out of these centers, including disruptions from inclement weather, fire, earthquakes or other causes, could damage a significant

 

15


Table of Contents

portion of our inventory and could adversely affect our ability to distribute our products to tire retailers in a timely manner or at a reasonable cost. During the time that it may take us to reopen or replace a distribution center, we could incur significantly higher costs and longer lead times associated with distributing our products to tire retailers, which could adversely affect our reputation, as well as our results of operations and our customer relationships.

If we experience problems with our fleet of trucks or are otherwise unable to make timely deliveries of our products to our customers, our business and reputation could be adversely affected.

We use a fleet of trucks to deliver our products to our customers, most of which are leased from third parties. We are subject to the risks associated with product delivery, including inclement weather, disruptions in the transportation infrastructure, disruptions in our lease arrangements, availability and price of fuel, and liabilities arising from accidents to the extent we are not covered by insurance. Our failure to deliver tires and other products in a timely and accurate manner could harm our reputation and brand, which could adversely affect our business and reputation.

Participants in our Tire Pros® franchise program are independent operators and we have limited influence over their operations. Our Tire Pros® franchisees could take actions that could harm the value of the Tire Pros® franchise, or could be unwilling or unable to continue to participate in the program, which could materially and adversely affect our business, results of operations, financial condition and cash flows.

Participants in our Tire Pros® franchise program are independent operators and have significant discretion in running their operations. Their employees are not our employees. Franchisees could take actions that subject them to legal and financial liabilities, and we may, regardless of the actual validity of such a claim, be named as a party in an action relating to, or be held liable for, the conduct of our franchisees if it is shown that we exercise a sufficient level of control over a particular franchisee’s operation. In addition, the quality of franchise operations may be diminished by any number of factors beyond our control. We do not offer financial or management services to our franchisees, which may not have sufficient resources or expertise to operate their businesses at the level we would expect. While we ultimately can take action to terminate franchisees that do not comply with the standards contained in our franchise agreements, we may not be able to identify problems and take action quickly enough and, as a result, the image and reputation of Tire Pros® may suffer, fewer tire retailers may become Tire Pros® franchisees and existing participants may leave the Tire Pros® program.

In addition, our franchise agreements have limited durations and our franchisees may not be willing or able to renew their franchise agreements with us. For example, a franchisee may decide not to renew due to a lawsuit or disagreement with us, dissatisfaction with the Tire Pros® program or a perception that the Tire Pros® program conflicts with other business interests. Similarly, a franchisee may be unable to renew its franchise agreement with us due to a bankruptcy or restructuring event or the failure to secure a real estate lease renewal, among other factors.

Our business, business prospects, results of operations, financial condition and cash flows could be adversely affected if we are forced to defend claims made against our franchisees, if others seek to hold us accountable for our franchisees’ actions, if the Tire Pros® program does not grow as we expect or if the Tire Pros® franchise program is not otherwise successful.

We could become subject to additional government regulation which could cause us to incur significant liabilities.

We are currently subject to federal, state and foreign laws and regulations that apply to our business, including laws and regulations that affect tire distribution and sale, safety matters and tire specifications. Our costs of complying with these laws and regulations, including our operating expenses and liabilities arising under governmental regulations, may be increased in the future and additional fees and taxes may be imposed by

 

16


Table of Contents

governmental authorities. Future regulatory requirements, such as required disclosure of made-on dates for tires or an expansion of the Transportation Recall Enhancement Accountability and Documentation (TREAD) Act to cover tire distributors, could cause a material increase in our liabilities or operating expenses, which would materially and adversely affect our business, results of operations, financial condition and cash flows.

Loss of key personnel or failure to attract and retain highly qualified personnel could adversely affect our results of operations, financial condition and cash flows.

We are dependent on the continued services of our senior management team. We may not be able to retain our existing senior management, fill new positions or vacancies created by expansion or turnover, or attract additional senior management personnel. We believe the loss of such key personnel could adversely affect our financial performance. In addition, our ability to manage our anticipated growth will depend on our ability to identify, hire and retain qualified management personnel. We cannot assure you that we will attract and retain sufficient qualified personnel to meet our business needs.

Consolidation among customers may reduce our importance as a holder of sizable inventory, which could adversely affect our business and results of operations.

Our success has been dependent, in part, on the fragmented customer base in our industry. Due to the small size of most tire retailers, they cannot support substantial inventory positions and thus, as our size permits us to maintain a sizable inventory, we fill an important role. We do not generally have long-term arrangements with our tire retailer customers and they can cease doing business with us at any time. If a trend towards consolidation among tire retailers develops in the future, it could reduce our importance and reduce our revenues, margins and earnings. While the local independent tire retailer share of the replacement tire market has been relatively stable in the recent past, the share of larger tire retailers has grown at the expense of smaller tire retailers. If that trend continues, the number of tire retailers able to handle sizable inventory could increase, reducing the importance of distributors like us to the local independent tire retailer market.

We could be subject to product liability, personal injury or other litigation claims that could adversely affect our business, results of operations and financial condition.

Purchasers of our products, or their employees or customers, could be injured or suffer property damage from exposure to, or defects in, products we sell or distribute, or have sold or distributed in the past. We could be subject to claims, including personal injury claims. These claims may not be covered by insurance or tire manufacturers may be unwilling or unable to assume the defense of these claims, as they have in the past. In addition, if any tire manufacturer encounters financial difficulty or ceases to operate, it may not be able to assume the defense of such claims. We also may be subject to claims due to injuries caused by our truck drivers which may not be covered by insurance. As a result, the defense, settlement or successful assertion of any future product liability, personal injury or other litigation claims could cause us to incur significant costs and could have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations or cash flows.

We could be adversely affected by compliance with environmental regulations and could incur costs relating to environmental matters, particularly those relating to our distribution centers.

We are subject to various federal, state, local and foreign environmental laws and regulations, as well as health and safety laws and regulations. Environmental laws are complex, change frequently and have tended to become more stringent over time. Compliance costs associated with current and future environmental and health and safety laws, particularly as they relate to our distribution centers, as well as liabilities arising from past or future releases of, or exposure to, hazardous substances, may adversely affect our business, results of operations, financial condition or cash flows.

 

17


Table of Contents

Failure to maintain effective internal control over financial reporting could materially adversely affect our business, results of operations and financial condition.

Pursuant to the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, we are required to provide a report by management on internal control over financial reporting, including management’s assessment of the effectiveness of such control. Changes to our business will necessitate ongoing changes to our internal control systems and processes. Internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements because of its inherent limitations, including the possibility of human error, the circumvention or overriding of controls or fraud. Therefore, even effective internal controls can provide only reasonable assurance with respect to the preparation and fair presentation of financial statements. If we fail to maintain adequate internal controls, including any required new or improved controls, we may be unable to provide financial information in a timely and reliable manner and might be subject to sanctions or investigation by regulatory authorities such as the SEC or the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board. Any such action could adversely affect our financial results or investors’ confidence in us and could cause the price of our securities to fall.

If we determine that our goodwill and other intangible assets have become impaired, we may record significant impairment charges, which would adversely affect our results of operations.

Goodwill and other intangible assets represent a significant portion of our assets. Goodwill is the excess of cost over the fair market value of net assets acquired in business combinations. In the future, goodwill and intangible assets may increase as a result of future acquisitions. We review our goodwill and indefinite lived intangible assets at least annually for impairment. Impairment may result from, among other things, deterioration in the performance of acquired businesses, adverse market conditions and adverse changes in applicable laws or regulations, including changes that restrict the activities of an acquired business. Any impairment of goodwill or other intangible assets would result in a non-cash charge against earnings, which would adversely affect our results of operations.

Affiliates of the Sponsor indirectly own substantially all our equity interests and may have conflicts of interest with us or the holders of our notes.

As a result of the Merger, investment funds affiliated with the Sponsor indirectly own substantially all of our capital stock, and the Sponsor’s designees hold a majority of the seats on the board of directors of our indirect parent company. As a result, affiliates of the Sponsor have control over our decisions to enter into any corporate transaction and have the ability to prevent any transaction that requires the approval of stockholders regardless of whether holders of the notes believe that any such transactions are in their own best interests. For example, affiliates of the Sponsor could collectively cause us to make acquisitions that increase the amount of our indebtedness or to sell assets, or could cause us to issue additional capital stock or declare dividends. So long as investment funds affiliated with the Sponsor continue to indirectly own a significant amount of the outstanding shares of our capital stock, affiliates of the Sponsor will continue to be able to strongly influence or effectively control our decisions. The indenture governing our notes and our ABL Facility permit us to pay advisory and other fees, dividends and make other restricted payments to the Sponsor under certain circumstances and our arrangements with the Sponsor and its affiliates require us to pay certain fees on quarterly basis. See Item 13 “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions and Director Independence.” In addition, the Sponsor has no obligation to provide us with any additional debt or equity financing.

Additionally, the Sponsor is in the business of making investments in companies and may from time to time acquire and hold interests in businesses that compete directly or indirectly with us or that supply us with goods and services. The Sponsor may also pursue acquisition opportunities that may be complementary to our business and, as a result, those acquisition opportunities may not be available to us. The interests of the Sponsor may differ from the interests of the holders of our notes in material respects.

 

18


Table of Contents

Our variable rate indebtedness subjects us to interest rate risk, which could cause our indebtedness service obligations to increase significantly.

Borrowings under our ABL Facility are at variable rates of interest and expose us to interest rate risk. If interest rates increase, our debt service obligations on the variable rate indebtedness would increase even though the amount borrowed remained the same, and our net income and cash flows, including cash available for servicing our indebtedness, would correspondingly decrease.

Currency exchange rate fluctuations may adversely affect our financial results.

The financial position and results of operations for TriCan, our wholly-owned subsidiary acquired during 2012, are initially recorded in their functional currency which is the Canadian dollar. Because our consolidated financial statements are presented in U.S. dollars, we must translate revenues and expenses into U.S. dollars at the weighted average exchange rate prevailing during the year and assets and liabilities into U.S. dollars at the year end exchange rate. Therefore, fluctuations in the value of the U.S. dollar versus the Canadian dollar will have an impact on the value of these items in our consolidated financial statements, even if their value has not changed in their original currency.

 

Item 1B. Unresolved Staff Comments.

None.

 

Item 2. Properties.

Our principal properties are geographically situated to meet sales and operating requirements. We believe that our properties have been well maintained, are generally in good condition and are suitable for the conduct of our business. As of December 29, 2012, we operate 106 distribution centers located in 40 states in the United States and 15 distribution centers in Canada, aggregating approximately 11.8 million square feet. Of these centers, one is owned by us and the remaining properties are leased. We also lease our principal executive office, located in Huntersville, North Carolina. This lease is scheduled to expire in 2022. In addition, we have some non-essential properties, principally acquired in the Am-Pac Tire Dist., Inc. acquisition, which we are attempting to sell or sublease.

Several of our property leases contain provisions prohibiting a change of control of the lessee or permitting the landlord to terminate the lease or increase rent upon a change of control of the lessee. Based primarily upon our belief that (i) we maintain good relations with the substantial majority of our landlords, (ii) most of our leases are at market rates and (iii) we have historically been able to secure suitable leased property at market rates when needed, we believe that these provisions will not have a material adverse effect on our business or financial position.

 

Item 3. Legal Proceedings.

We are involved from time to time in various lawsuits, including class action lawsuits arising out of the ordinary conduct of our business. Although no assurances can be given, we do not expect that any of these matters will have a material adverse effect on our business or financial condition. We are also involved in various litigation proceedings incidental to the ordinary course of our business. We believe, based on consultation with legal counsel, that none of these will have a material adverse effect on our financial condition or results of operations.

 

Item 4. Mine Safety Disclosures.

Not applicable.

 

19


Table of Contents

PART II

 

Item 5. Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities.

As of March 4, 2013, there was one holder of record of our common stock. There is no public trading market for our common stock.

As of December 29, 2012, we have not declared or paid dividends on our common stock since our incorporation in 2005. Our ability to pay dividends is restricted by certain covenants contained in our ABL Facility and in the indentures that govern our Senior Subordinated Notes and Senior Secured Notes and may be further restricted by any future indebtedness that we incur. Our business is conducted through our subsidiaries. Dividends from, and cash generated by, our subsidiaries will be our principal sources of cash to repay indebtedness, fund operations and pay dividends. Accordingly, our ability to pay dividends to our stockholders is dependent on the earnings and distributions of funds from our subsidiaries. See Item 7, “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” for further discussion.

Information regarding securities authorized for issuance under equity compensation plans is set forth in Item 12, “Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters” of this Form 10-K.

 

Item 6. Selected Financial Data.

On May 28, 2010, as a result of the Merger, Holdings was acquired by affiliates of TPG and certain co-investors. In the following table, periods prior to May 28, 2010 reflect the financial position, results of operations and changes in financial position of Holdings and its consolidated subsidiaries prior to the Merger (the “Predecessor”). Periods after May 28, 2010 reflect the financial position, results of operations, and changes in financial position of Holdings and its consolidated subsidiaries after the Merger (the “Successor”).

The following table sets forth both the Predecessor and Successor selected historical consolidated financial data for the periods indicated. Selected historical financial data for fiscal years 2008 and 2009 and the five months ended May 28, 2010 is derived from the Predecessor’s consolidated financial statements as of and for those periods. Selected historical financial data for the seven months ended January 1, 2011 and fiscal years 2011 and 2012 is derived from the Successor’s consolidated financial statements as of and for those periods.

Both the Predecessor’s and the Successor’s fiscal year is based on either a 52- or 53-week period ending on the Saturday closest to each December 31. Therefore, the financial results of certain fiscal years will not be exactly comparable to the prior or subsequent fiscal years. The 2008 fiscal year, which ended January 3, 2009, contains operating results for 53 weeks. The 2009 fiscal year, which ended January 2, 2010, contains operating results for 52 weeks. The five months ended May 28, 2010 contains operating results for 21 weeks. The seven months ended January 1, 2011 contains operating results for 31 weeks. The 2011 fiscal year, which ended December 31, 2011, and the 2012 fiscal year, which ended December 29, 2012, each contain operating results for 52 weeks. The following selected historical consolidated financial information should be read in conjunction with Item 7, “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and the consolidated financial statements and the related notes included under Item 8 of this report.

 

20


Table of Contents
    Successor          Predecessor  
    Fiscal Year
2012 (1)
    Fiscal Year
2011 (2)
    Seven
Months
Ended
January 1,
2011 (3)
         Five
Months
Ended
May 28,
2010
    Fiscal Year
2009
    Fiscal Year
2008 (4)
 
Dollars in thousands                                         

Statement of Operations Data:

               

Net sales

  $ 3,455,864      $ 3,050,240      $ 1,525,249          $ 934,925      $ 2,171,787      $ 1,960,844   

Cost of goods sold, excluding depreciation included in selling, general and administrative expenses below

    2,887,421        2,535,020        1,316,679            775,678        1,797,905        1,605,064   

Selling, general and administrative expenses

    506,408        437,110        228,513            135,146        306,189        274,412   

Transaction expenses

    5,246        3,946        1,315            42,608        —          —     
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating income (loss)

    56,789        74,164        (21,258         (18,507     67,693        81,368   

Other income (expense):

               

Interest expense

    (72,918     (67,580     (37,391         (32,669     (54,415     (59,169

Other, net

    (3,895     (2,110     (958         (127     (1,020     (1,155
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income (loss) from operations before income taxes

    (20,024     4,474        (59,607         (51,303     12,258        21,044   

Income tax provision (benefit)

    (5,678     4,357        (23,295         (15,227     7,326        11,373   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss)

  $ (14,346   $ 117      $ (36,312       $ (36,076   $ 4,932      $ 9,671   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
 
    Successor          Predecessor  
    Fiscal Year
2012 (1)
    Fiscal Year
2011 (2)
    Seven
Months
Ended
January 1,
2011 (3)
         Five
Months
Ended
May 28,
2010
    Fiscal Year
2009
    Fiscal Year
2008 (4)
 
Dollars in thousands                                         

Other Financial Data:

               

Cash flows provided by (used in):

               

Operating activities

  $ 10,026      $ (91,006   $ (23,439       $ 28,106      $ 131,105      $ (54,086

Investing activities

    (167,821     (92,249     (17,237         (7,523     (4,620     (81,671

Financing activities

    168,824        186,263        40,405            (15,631     (127,690     139,503   

Depreciation and amortization

    89,167        78,071        40,905            14,707        32,078        25,530   

Capital expenditures

    52,388        31,044        12,381            6,424        12,757        13,424   

EBITDA (5)

    142,061        150,125        18,689            (3,927     98,751        105,743   

Adjusted EBITDA (5)

    165,416        164,255        87,974            45,696        101,035        106,994   

Ratio of earnings to fixed charges (6)

    —          1.1x        —              —          1.2x        1.3x   

Balance Sheet Data:

               

Cash and cash equivalents

  $ 25,951      $ 14,979      $ 11,971            $ 7,290      $ 8,495   

Working capital (7)

    545,969        446,061        270,332              197,317        288,313   

Total assets

    2,504,002        2,302,563        2,057,348              1,300,624        1,390,860   

Total debt (8)

    951,204        835,808        652,544              549,576        642,434   

Total redeemable preferred stock

    —          —          —                26,600        23,941   

Total stockholders’ equity

    705,654        655,819        651,446              230,647        224,486   

 

(1) Reflects the acquisition of Triwest Trading (Canada) Ltd. d/b/a TriCan Tire Distributors in November 2012 and the acquisition of Firestone of Denham Springs, Inc. d/b/a Consolidated Tire & Oil in May 2012
(2) Reflects the acquisition of Bowlus Service Company d/b/a North Central Tire in April 2011
(3) Reflects the acquisition of Lisac’s of Washington, Inc. and Tire Wholesalers, Inc. in December 2010

 

21


Table of Contents
(4) Reflects the acquisition of Remington Tire Distributors, Inc., d/b/a Gray’s Wholesale Tire Distributors in October 2008 and the acquisition of Am-Pac Tire Dist., Inc. in December 2008
(5) EBITDA represents earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization. Adjusted EBITDA represents EBITDA as further adjusted to reflect the items set forth in the table below. The presentation of EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA are financial measures that are not calculated in accordance with GAAP. We present EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA because we believe they provide a more complete understanding of the factors and trends affecting our business than GAAP measures alone. We also believe that such measures are frequently used by securities analysts, investors and other interested parties in the evaluation of companies in our industry. Our board of directors, management and investors use EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA to assess our financial performance because it allows them to compare our operating performance on a consistent basis across periods by removing items that we do not believe are indicative of our core operating performance. In addition, the indentures governing our senior notes use a measure similar to Adjusted EBITDA to measure our compliance with certain covenants. Our board of directors also uses Adjusted EBITDA in determining compensation for our management. We caution investors that amounts presented in accordance with our definition of Adjusted EBITDA may not be comparable to similar measures disclosed by other issuers because not all issuers calculate Adjusted EBITDA in the same manner. In evaluating Adjusted EBITDA, you should be aware that in the future we may incur expenses that are the same or similar to some of the adjustments set forth below. Neither EBITDA nor Adjusted EBITDA should be considered an alternative to, or more meaningful than, net income (loss) as determined in accordance with GAAP.

The following tables show the calculation of EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA from the most directly comparable GAAP measure, net income (loss):

 

    Successor          Predecessor  
    Fiscal
Year
2012 (1)
    Fiscal
Year
2011 (2)
    Seven
Months
Ended
January 1,
2011 (3)
         Five
Months
Ended
May 28,
2010
    Fiscal
Year
2009
     Fiscal
Year
2008 (4)
 
In thousands                                          

Net income (loss)

  $ (14,346   $ 117      $ (36,312       $ (36,076   $ 4,932       $ 9,671   

Depreciation and amortization

    89,167        78,071        40,905            14,707        32,078         25,530   

Interest expense

    72,918        67,580        37,391            32,669        54,415         59,169   

Income tax provision (benefit)

    (5,678     4,357        (23,295         (15,227     7,326         11,373   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

EBITDA

  $ 142,061      $ 150,125      $ 18,689          $ (3,927   $ 98,751       $ 105,743   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 
              
    Successor          Predecessor  
    Fiscal
Year
2012 (1)
    Fiscal
Year
2011 (2)
    Seven
Months
Ended
January 1,
2011 (3)
         Five
Months
Ended
May 28,
2010
    Fiscal
Year
2009
     Fiscal
Year
2008 (4)
 
In thousands                                          

EBITDA

  $ 142,061      $ 150,125      $ 18,689          $ (3,927   $ 98,751       $ 105,743   

Management fee

    7,446        4,624        2,352            125        500         500   

Incentive compensation

    4,349        4,115        3,706            5,892        326         —     

Transaction fees

    5,246        3,946        1,315            42,608        —           —     

Inventory step-up

    4,074        —          58,797            —          —           —     

Other

    2,240        1,445        3,115            998        1,458         751   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Adjusted EBITDA

  $ 165,416      $ 164,255      $ 87,974          $ 45,696      $ 101,035       $ 106,994   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(6)

For purposes of these ratios, (i) earnings have been calculated by adding interest expense and the estimated interest portion of rental expense to earnings before income taxes and (ii) fixed charges are comprised of

 

22


Table of Contents
  interest expense and capitalized interest, if any. In the five months ended May 28, 2010, the seven months ended January 1, 2011 and fiscal year 2012, earnings were insufficient to cover fixed charges by approximately $51.3 million, $59.6 million and $20.0 million, respectively.
(7) Working capital is defined as current assets less current liabilities
(8) Total debt is the sum of current maturities of long-term debt, non-current portion of long-term debt and capital lease obligations

 

23


Table of Contents
Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.

Unless the context otherwise requires, the terms “American Tire Distributors,” “ATD,” “the Company,” “we,” “us,” “our” and similar terms in this report refer to American Tire Distributors Holdings, Inc. and its consolidated subsidiaries, the term “Holdings” refers only to American Tire Distributors Holdings, Inc., a Delaware Corporation, and the term “ATDI” refers only to American Tire Distributors, Inc., a Delaware corporation. The terms “TPG” and “Sponsor” relate to TPG Capital, L.P. and/or certain funds affiliated with TPG Capital, L.P.

The following discussion and analysis of our consolidated results of operations, financial condition and liquidity should be read in conjunction with our consolidated financial statements and the related notes included in Item 8 of this report. The following discussion contains forward-looking statements that reflect our current expectations, estimates, forecast and projections. These forward-looking statements are not guarantees of future performance, and actual outcomes and results may differ materially from those expressed in these forward-looking statements. See Item 1A “Risk Factors” and “Cautionary Statements on Forward-Looking Information.”

Company Overview

We are the leading replacement tire distributor in the United States, providing a critical range of services to enable tire retailers to effectively service and grow sales to consumers. Through our network of 121 distribution centers in the United States and Canada, we offer access to an extensive breadth and depth of inventory, representing approximately 40,000 stock-keeping units (SKUs) to approximately 70,000 customers (approximately 62,000 in the U.S. and 8,000 in Canada). The critical range of services we provide includes frequent and timely delivery of inventory as well as business support services such as credit, training, access to consumer market data and the administration of tire manufacturer affiliate programs. In addition, our U.S. customers have access to a leading online ordering and reporting system as well as a website that enables our tire retailer customers to participate in the Internet marketing of tires to consumers. We estimate that our share of the replacement passenger and light truck tire market in the United States (U.S.) is approximately 10%, up from approximately 1% in 1996, with our largest customer and top ten customers accounting for less than 3.0% and 11.3%, respectively, of our net sales. Our estimated share of the replacement passenger and light truck tire market in Canada is approximately 6.0%.

We believe we distribute the broadest product offering in our industry, supplying our customers with the top ten leading passenger and light truck tire brands. We carry the flag brands from each of the four largest tire manufacturers—Bridgestone, Continental, Goodyear and Michelin—as well as the Hankook, Kumho, Nexen, Nitto and Pirelli brands. We also sell lower price point associate and proprietary brands of these and many other tire manufacturers. In addition, we sell custom wheels and accessories and related tire supplies and tools. We believe our large, diverse product offering allows us to better penetrate the replacement tire market across a broad range of price points.

Industry Overview

The U.S. and Canadian replacement tire market has historically experienced stable growth and favorable pricing dynamics. From 1955 through 2012, U.S. replacement tire unit shipments increased by an average of approximately 2.6% per year. However, during challenging economic periods, consumers may opt to defer replacement tire purchases or purchase less costly brand tires. Beginning with the onset of the economic downturn in 2008, increased economic uncertainty, unemployment and rising fuel prices led to negative growth during 2008 and 2009 in the U.S. replacement tire market. The economic environment showed signs of stabilization during 2010, ending the negative growth trend with U.S. replacement tire unit shipments increasing 7.8% over 2009. However, during 2011, U.S. replacement tire unit shipments were down slightly compared to 2010 as slow economic growth, persistently high fuel cost and a decrease in miles driven impacted the U.S. tire replacement market. Despite an increase in miles driven during 2012, the U.S. replacement tire market continued

 

24


Table of Contents

the negative growth trend as U.S. replacement tire unit shipments were down 1.8% as compared to 2011 as the economy continued to recover at a slow pace.

Despite these recent declines, we believe going forward growth in the U.S. and Canadian replacement tire markets will continue to be driven by favorable underlying dynamics, including:

 

   

increases in the number and average age of passenger cars and light trucks;

 

   

increases in the number of miles driven;

 

   

increases in the number of licensed drivers as the U.S. population continues to grow;

 

   

increases in the number of replacement tire SKUs;

 

   

growth of the high performance tire segment; and

 

   

shortening tire replacement cycles due to changes in product mix that increasingly favor high performance tires, which have shorter average lives.

Despite the current market environment, we have a solid infrastructure, an extensive and efficient distribution network and a broad product offering. Our growth strategy, coupled with our access to capital and our scalable platform, enables us to continue to expand in existing markets as well as in new geographic areas. In addition, we are investing in technology and new sales channels which will help fuel our future growth. As a result, we believe that we are well positioned to continue to achieve above market results in both contracting and expanding market demand cycles.

Recent Developments

As part of our ongoing business strategy, we intend to expand in existing markets as well as enter into previously underserved markets and new geographic areas. Since the second half of 2010 through December 2011, we opened new distribution centers in 10 locations throughout the contiguous United States increasing the size of our distribution network to 98 distribution centers as of December 31, 2011. During 2012, we continued to execute our plans to expand by opening new distribution centers in Long Island, NY, Milwaukee, WI, Colorado Springs, CO, Austin, TX, Peoria, IL, Tulsa, OK and Tucson, AZ. We will continue to evaluate additional geographic markets during 2013 and beyond.

On November 30, 2012, we completed the purchase of all of the issued and outstanding common shares of Triwest Trading (Canada) Ltd. d/b/a TriCan Tire Distributors (“TriCan”). TriCan is a wholesale distributor of tires, tire parts, tire accessories and related equipment in Canada with 15 distribution centers stretching across the country. The acquisition was funded through our ABL Facility, which was amended and restated in connection with the acquisition. Prior to the closing of the acquisition, we received a cash contribution of $60.0 million from our parent, which was used to reduce amounts then outstanding under the ABL Facility. The cash contribution was funded from the proceeds of the sale by Accelerate Parent, Holdings’ indirect parent, of common stock to affiliates of TPG Capital L.P. and certain co-investors. See “—Liquidity and Capital Resources—ABL Facility.” The purchase of TriCan expanded our distribution services beyond the borders of the United States for the first time.

On May 24, 2012, we completed the purchase of 100% of the capital stock of Firestone of Denham Springs, Inc. d/b/a Consolidated Tire & Oil (“CTO”). CTO owned and operated three distribution centers in Baton Rouge, Slidell and Lafayette, Louisiana serving over 500 customers. The acquisition was funded through our ABL Facility. The purchase of CTO expanded our market position in Louisiana.

On February 1, 2012, we reacquired one of three facilities that were included in a 2002 sale-leaseback transaction. The purchase price of the facility was $1.5 million. Accordingly, the original lease was amended to extend the lease term on the two remaining facilities by 5 years as well as to adjust the future lease payments

 

25


Table of Contents

over the remaining 15 years. Under current accounting guidance, the change in the debt terms was not considered substantial. As a result, the amendment was treated as a debt modification for accounting purposed and therefore, we reduced the original financing obligation of $14.1 million by the purchase price. No gain or loss was recognized as a result of the initial sales transaction or the 2012 amendment.

Acquisition of Holdings by our Sponsor

On May 28, 2010, pursuant to an Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated as of April 20, 2010, we were acquired by TPG and certain co-investors for an aggregate purchase price valued at $1,287.5 million (the “Merger”). The Merger was financed by $635 million in aggregate principal amount of debt financing as well as common equity capital. In connection with the Merger, we conducted cash tender offers for our existing outstanding debt securities, all of which were subsequently purchased and retired. Although we continue to operate as the same legal entity subsequent to the acquisition, periods prior to May 28, 2010 reflect our financial position, results of operations, and changes in financial position prior to the Merger (the “Predecessor”) and periods after May 28, 2010 reflect our financial position, results of operations, and changes in financial position after the Merger (the “Successor”). See Note 3 in Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information.

Under the guidance provided by the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) Staff Accounting Bulletin Topic 5J, “New Basis of Accounting Required in Certain Circumstances,” push-down accounting is required when such transactions result in an entity becoming substantially wholly-owned. Under push-down accounting, certain transactions incurred by the acquirer, which would otherwise be accounted for in the accounts of the parent, are “pushed down” and recorded on the financial statements of the subsidiary. Therefore, the basis in shares of our common stock has been pushed down from TPG to us. In addition, the Merger was recorded using the acquisition method of accounting in accordance with the accounting guidance for business combinations. The guidance prescribes that the purchase price be allocated to assets acquired and liabilities assumed based on the estimated fair market value of such assets and liabilities at the date of acquisition. As a result, periods prior to the Merger are not comparable to subsequent periods due to the difference in the basis of presentation of purchase accounting as compared to historical cost.

Results of Operations

Our fiscal year is based on either a 52- or 53-week period ending on the Saturday closest to each December 31. Therefore, the financial results of certain fiscal years will not be exactly comparable to other fiscal years. The 2012 fiscal year for the Successor which ended December 29, 2012 and the 2011 fiscal year for the Successor, which ended December 31, 2011 each contain operating results for 52 weeks. The seven months ended January 1, 2011 for the Successor contains operating results for 31 weeks while the five months ended May 28, 2010 for the Predecessor contains operating results for 21 weeks.

 

26


Table of Contents

Fiscal 2012 for the Successor Compared to Fiscal 2011 for the Successor

The following table sets forth the period change for each category of the statements of operations, as well as each category as a percentage of net sales:

 

    Successor     Successor                    
    Fiscal Year
Ended
    Fiscal Year
Ended
    Period Over
Period
Change
    Period Over
Period

% Change
    Percentage of Net Sales
For the Respective
Period Ended
 
    December 29,     December 31,     Favorable     Favorable     December 29,     December 31,  

In thousands

  2012     2011     (unfavorable)     (unfavorable)     2012     2011  

Net sales

  $ 3,455,864      $ 3,050,240      $ 405,624        13.3     100.0     100.0

Cost of goods sold

    2,887,421        2,535,020        (352,401     -13.9     83.6     83.1

Selling, general and administrative expenses

    506,408        437,110        (69,298     -15.9     14.7     14.3

Transaction expenses

    5,246        3,946        (1,300     -32.9     0.2     0.1
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating income (loss)

    56,789        74,164        (17,375     -23.4     1.6     2.4

Other income (expense):

           

Interest expense

    (72,918     (67,580     (5,338     -7.9     -2.1     -2.2

Other, net

    (3,895     (2,110     (1,785     -84.6     -0.1     -0.1
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income (loss) from operations before income taxes

    (20,024     4,474        (24,498     -547.6     -0.6     0.1

Income tax provision (benefit)

    (5,678     4,357        10,035        230.3     -0.2     0.1
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss)

  $ (14,346   $ 117      $ (14,463     -12361.5     -0.4     0.0
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net Sales

Net sales for fiscal 2012 were 3,455.9 million, a $405.6 million or 13.3% increase compared with fiscal 2011. The increase in net sales was partially driven by higher net tire pricing of $167.1 million. The pricing increase, which included $127.0 million related to passenger and light truck tires and $28.1 million related to medium truck tires, resulted from our passing through tire manufacturer price increases predominately established during 2011, as well as selling a higher mix of flag brand product and a lower mix of Chinese manufactured product. The combined results of new distribution centers opened since the beginning of 2011 as well as the acquisitions of TriCan, CTO and NCT added $181.5 million of incremental sales during fiscal 2012. In addition, an increase in comparable tire unit sales across all tire categories contributed $40.4 million, primarily driven by passenger and light truck tires. However, the increase in comparable tire sales was slightly impacted by destocking of lower price point inventories throughout the marketplace in anticipation of the expiration of tariffs imposed on Chinese tire imports that ceased at the end of September 2012. As a result, comparable net sales of the Chinese tire imports decreased by $34.1 million.

Cost of Goods Sold

Cost of goods sold for fiscal 2012 were $2,887.4 million, a $352.4 million or a 13.9% increase compared with fiscal 2011. The increase in cost of goods sold was primarily driven by the combined results of new distribution centers opening since the beginning of 2011, as well as the acquisitions of TriCan, CTO, and NCT. These growth initiatives added $159.2 million of incremental costs during fiscal 2012. In addition, higher net tire pricing of $126.3 million contributed to the increase. The pricing increase, which included $103.6 million related to passenger and light truck tires and $23.6 million related to medium truck tires, resulted from tire manufacturer price increases predominately established during 2011, as well as, selling a higher mix of flag brand product and a lower mix of Chinese manufactured product. In addition, an increase in comparable tire unit sales contributed $22.8 million, primarily driven by passenger and light truck tires. Fiscal 2012 also includes $4.1 million related to the non-cash amortization of the inventory step-up recorded in connection with the acquisition of TriCan.

 

27


Table of Contents

Cost of goods sold as a percentage of net sales was 83.6% for fiscal 2012, an increase compared with 83.1% from fiscal 2011. The increase in the cost of goods sold as a percentage of net sales was primarily driven by a lower level of manufacturer price increases implemented during 2012 as compared to 2011, coupled with selective discounting by certain tire manufacturers during 2012 for the intention of spurring unit sales. These price increases generate favorable inventory cost layers that are passed through to our customers in the period instituted. In addition, competitive pricing pressures have increased as distributors vie for customers in a sluggish market.

Selling, General and Administrative Expenses

Selling, general and administrative expenses for fiscal 2012 were $506.4 million, a $69.3 million or 15.9% increase compared with fiscal 2011. The increase in selling, general and administrative expenses was primarily related to incremental costs associated with our new distribution centers opened since the beginning of 2011 as well as the acquisition of TriCan, CTO and NCT. Combined, these factors added $28.0 million of incremental costs to fiscal 2012, including increased amortization expense of $5.0 million from newly established intangible assets. In addition, we experienced an increase to salaries and wage expense of $14.1 million, primarily due to higher sales volume and related headcount; a $9.8 million increase to vehicle expense due to a higher price per gallon of fuel, higher overall consumption of fuel and other vehicle related expenses; as well as a $6.0 million increase in occupancy costs as we expanded several of our distribution centers to better service our existing customers. Depreciation expense added an additional $5.7 million of costs to fiscal 2012 as we increased our capital expenditure costs primarily for information system technologies.

Selling, general and administrative expenses as a percentage of net sales was 14.7% for fiscal 2012; an increase compared with 14.3% during fiscal 2011. The increase in selling, general and administrative expenses as a percentage of net sales was primarily driven by an increase in costs associated with our growth expansion of recently opened distribution centers as well as an increase in non-cash depreciation and amortization expense.

Transaction Expenses

Transaction expenses for fiscal 2012 were $5.2 million, which primarily related to acquisition costs associated with our acquisition of TriCan in November 2012 and CTO in May 2012 as well as with expenses related to potential future acquisitions and corporate initiatives. In addition, we incurred $1.3 million for exit costs associated with our decision to relocate an existing distribution center into an expanded distribution center during fiscal 2012. Transaction expenses for fiscal 2011 were $3.9 million, which primarily related to acquisition fees as well as costs incurred in connection with both the amendment of our ABL Facility and the registration of our Senior Secured Notes with the SEC. Additionally, we incurred $1.1 million for exit costs associated with our decision to relocate two existing distribution centers into two expanded distribution centers during fiscal 2011.

Interest Expense

Interest expense for fiscal 2012 was $72.9 million, a $5.3 million or 7.9% increase compared with fiscal 2011. The increase is primarily due to higher average debt levels on our ABL Facility partially offset by lower average interest rates on the outstanding debt. In addition, $2.8 million of the year-over-year increase relates to the write-off of deferred financing costs associated with the amendment of our ABL Facility in November 2012 due to a change in lenders in the syndication group for the amended ABL Facility. During fiscal 2012, we also recorded $1.3 million associated with the fair value changes of our interest rate swaps. The comparable amount recorded associated with these swaps during fiscal 2011 was $0.9 million.

Provision (Benefit) for Income Taxes

Our income tax benefit for fiscal 2012 was $5.7 million. The benefit, which was based on a pre-tax loss of $20.0 million, includes $59.1 million of amortization expense that is not deductible for income tax purposes. Our

 

28


Table of Contents

income tax provision for 2011 was $4.4 million, which was based on pre-tax income of $4.5 million, primarily resulting from a higher state effective tax rate as well as additional amortization expense related to the valuation of intangible assets acquired, which were recorded in connection with the Merger. Our effective tax rate for fiscal years 2012 and 2011 was 28.3% and 97.4%, respectively. The effective tax rate for fiscal 2012 was lower than the statutory tax rate primarily due to the unfavorable adjustment to the transaction costs related to the acquisition of TriCan, the impact from certain amortization expense that is non-deductible for tax purposes, and the rate differences between U.S. and Canada. The effective tax rate for fiscal 2011 was higher than the statutory tax rate primarily due to a 0.5% increase in our state effective tax rate, a result based on our growing presence in jurisdictions with higher than average tax rates, and the impact from certain amortization expense that is non-deductible for tax purposes.

Fiscal 2011 for the Successor Compared to Seven Months Ended January 1, 2011 for the Successor

Due to the Merger and related change in control, a new entity was created for accounting purposes as of May 28, 2010. As a result, generally accepted accounting principles require us to present separately our operating results for the Predecessor and Successor periods. In the following discussion, results for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2011 for the Successor are compared and discussed in relation to the seven months ended January 1, 2011 for the Successor.

The following table sets forth the period change for each category of the statements of operations, as well as each category as a percentage of net sales:

 

    Successor     Successor                    
    Fiscal Year
Ended
    Seven
Months
Ended
    Period Over
Period
Change
    Period Over
Period
% Change
    Percentage of Net Sales
For the Respective
Period Ended
 
    December 31,     January 1,     Favorable     Favorable     December 31,     January 1,  

In thousands

  2011     2011     (unfavorable)     (unfavorable)     2011     2011  

Net sales

  $ 3,050,240      $ 1,525,249      $ 1,524,991        100.0     100.0     100.0

Cost of goods sold

    2,535,020        1,316,679        (1,218,341     -92.5     83.1     86.3

Selling, general and administrative expenses

    437,110        228,513        (208,597     -91.3     14.3     15.0

Transaction expenses

    3,946        1,315        (2,631     -200.1     0.1     0.1
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating income (loss)

    74,164        (21,258     95,422        448.9     2.4     -1.4

Other income (expense):

           

Interest expense

    (67,580     (37,391     (30,189     -80.7     -2.2     -2.5

Other, net

    (2,110     (958     (1,152     -120.3     -0.1     -0.1
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income (loss) from operations before income taxes

    4,474        (59,607     64,081        107.5     0.1     -3.9

Income tax provision (benefit)

    4,357        (23,295     (27,652     -118.7     0.1     -1.5
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss)

  $ 117      $ (36,312   $ 36,429        100.3     0.0     -2.4
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net Sales

Net sales for fiscal 2011 were $3,050.2 million, a $1,525.0 million or 100.0% increase compared with the seven months ended January 1, 2011. The increase was directly attributable to the comparison of operating results of a twelve month period with a seven month period. In addition to the increase in tire unit sales attributable to the difference in the number of months in the comparable period, passenger and light truck tire pricing increased by 8.7%. The increase was driven primarily by tire manufacturer price increases. As well, the combined results of opening new distribution centers and the integration of our recent acquisitions contributed

 

29


Table of Contents

$218.8 million during fiscal 2011. However, these increases were partially offset by lower equipment sales of $26.8 million during fiscal 2011 as a result of our 2010 decision to discontinue selling certain products within our equipment product offering.

Cost of Goods Sold

Cost of goods sold for fiscal 2011 were $2,535.0 million, a $1,218.3 million or a 92.5% increase compared with the seven months ended January 1, 2011. The increase was directly attributable to the comparison of operating results of a twelve month period with a seven month period. Cost of goods sold as a percentage of net sales was 83.1% and 86.3% for fiscal 2011 and the seven months ended January 1, 2011, respectively. However, the seven months ended January 1, 2011 includes $58.8 million related to the non-recurring amortization of the inventory step-up recorded in connection with the Merger. The charge had a 3.9 point impact on cost of goods sold as a percentage of net sales. Other factors that contributed to the increase in cost of goods sold included higher net tire pricing resulting from tire manufacturer price increases, higher tire unit sales coupled with the incremental tire units sold through new distribution centers as well as the integration of our recent acquisitions. However, these increases were partially offset by the reduction in net sales within our equipment product offering during fiscal 2011 as a result of our 2010 decision to discontinue selling certain products within our equipment product offering.

Selling, General and Administrative Expenses

Selling, general and administrative expenses for fiscal 2011 were $437.1 million, a $208.6 million or a 91.3% increase compared with the seven months ended January 1, 2011. The increase in selling, general and administrative expenses was primarily attributable to the comparison of operating results for a twelve month period with a seven month period. In addition to the increase in costs attributable to the difference in the number of months in the comparable period, incremental costs associated with our new distribution centers opened during the last twelve months were $21.8 million. Also, the expansion of several of our distribution centers in order to better service our existing customers as well as the integration of our fourth quarter 2010 and second quarter 2011 acquisitions contributed to the increase. Other factors included additional amortization of $3.9 million related to intangible assets acquired, a higher price per gallon of fuel and an increase in salaries and wage expense due to higher sales volume and related headcount. Despite the increase in expenses during 2011, operating efficiencies and improved operating leverage positively impacted our percentage of net sales. As a result, selling, general and administrative expenses as a percent of net sales decreased to 14.3% from 15.0% for fiscal 2011 and the seven months ended January 1, 2011, respectively.

Transaction Expenses

Transaction expenses for fiscal 2011 were $3.9 million, which primarily related to acquisition fees as well as costs incurred in connection with both the amendment of our ABL Facility and the registration of our Senior Secured Notes with the SEC. In addition, we incurred $1.1 million for exit costs associated with our decision to relocate two existing distribution centers into two expanded distribution centers. During the seven months ended January 1, 2011, transaction expenses of $1.1 million were incurred relating to the Merger.

Interest Expense

Interest expense for fiscal 2011 was $67.6 million, a $30.2 million or 80.7% increase compared with the seven months ended January 1, 2011. The increase was primarily attributable to the comparison of operating results of a twelve month period with a seven month period. During fiscal 2011, higher average debt levels on our ABL Facility were partially offset by lower associated interest rates. In addition, fiscal 2011 included $0.9 million associated with the fair value changes of the 2011 Swaps.

 

30


Table of Contents

Provision (Benefit) for Income Taxes

Our income tax provision for fiscal 2011 was $4.4 million. The provision, which was based on pre-tax income of $4.5 million, includes $54.6 million of amortization expense that is not deductible for income tax purposes. Our income tax benefit for the seven months ended January 1, 2011 was $23.3 million, which was based on a pre-tax loss of $59.6 million, primarily resulting from the non-recurring amortization of the inventory step-up adjustment as well as the additional amortization expense related to the valuation of intangible assets acquired, both recorded in connection with the Merger. Our effective tax rate for fiscal 2011 and the seven months ended January 1, 2011 was 97.4% and 39.1%, respectively. The effective tax rate for fiscal 2011 is higher than the statutory tax rate primarily due to an increase in our state effective tax rate, a result based on our growing presence in jurisdictions with higher than average tax rates, and the related impact on our net deferred tax liabilities. During the seven months ended January 1, 2011, we decreased the valuation allowance related to state net operating losses as well as benefited from certain permanent differences relating to the Merger which were deductible for income tax purposes.

Fiscal 2011 for the Successor Compared to Five Months Ended May 28, 2010 for the Predecessor

Due to the Merger and related change in control, a new entity was created for accounting purposes as of May 28, 2010. As a result, generally accepted accounting principles require us to present separately our operating results for the Predecessor and Successor periods. In the following discussion, results for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2011 for the Successor are compared and discussed in relation to the five months ended May 28, 2010 for the Predecessor.

The following table sets forth the period change for each category of the statements of operations, as well as each category as a percentage of net sales:

 

    Successor          Predecessor                          
    Fiscal
Year Ended
December 31,
2011
         Five
Months

Ended
May 28,
2010
    Period Over
Period
Change

Favorable
(unfavorable)
    Period Over
Period %
Change

Favorable
(unfavorable)
    Percentage of Net Sales
For the Respective
Period Ended
 
              December 31,     May 28,  

In thousands

            2011     2010  

Net sales

  $ 3,050,240          $ 934,925      $ 2,115,315        226.3     100.0     100.0

Cost of goods sold

    2,535,020            775,678        (1,759,342     -226.8     83.1     83.0

Selling, general and administrative expenses

    437,110            135,146        (301,964     -223.4     14.3     14.5

Transaction expenses

    3,946            42,608        38,662        90.7     0.1     4.6
 

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating income (loss)

    74,164            (18,507     92,671        500.7     2.4     -2.0

Other income (expense):

               

Interest expense

    (67,580         (32,669     (34,911     -106.9     -2.2     -3.5

Other, net

    (2,110         (127     (1,983     -1561.4     -0.1     0.0
 

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income (loss) from operations before income taxes

    4,474            (51,303     55,777        108.7     0.1     -5.5

Income tax provision (benefit)

    4,357            (15,227     (19,584     -128.6     0.1     -1.6
 

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss)

  $ 117          $ (36,076   $ 36,193        100.3     0.0     -3.9
 

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net Sales

Net sales for fiscal 2011 were $3,050.2 million, a $2,115.3 or 226.3% increase compared with the five months ended May 28, 2010. The increase was directly attributable to the comparison of operating results of a twelve month period with a five month period. In addition to the increase in tire unit sales attributable to the difference in the number of months in the comparable period, passenger and light truck tire pricing increased by

 

31


Table of Contents

15.3%. The increase was driven primarily by tire manufacturer price increases. As well, the combined results of opening new distribution centers and the integration of our recent acquisitions contributed $218.8 million during fiscal 2011. However, these increases were partially offset by lower equipment sales of $16.4 million during fiscal 2011 as a result of our 2010 decision to discontinue selling certain products within our equipment product offering.

Cost of Goods Sold

Cost of goods sold for fiscal 2011 were $2,535.0 million, a $1,759.3 million or 226.8% increase compared with the five months ended May 28, 2010. The increase was directly attributable to the comparison of operating results of a twelve month period with a five month period. Higher tire unit sales attributable to the difference in the number of months in the comparable period coupled with the incremental tire units sold through our new distribution centers and the integration of our recent acquisitions contributed to the increase. In addition, we experienced higher net tire pricing as a result of tire manufacturer price increases. However, these increases were partially offset by a reduction in equipment sales during fiscal 2011 as a result of our 2010 decision to discontinue selling certain products within our equipment product offering. As a result, cost of goods sold as a percentage of net sales increased to 83.1% from 83.0% for fiscal 2011 and the five months ended May 28, 2010, respectively.

Selling, General and Administrative Expenses

Selling, general and administrative expenses for fiscal 2011 were $437.1 million, a $302.0 million or a 223.4% increase compared with the five months ended May 28, 2010. The increase in selling, general and administrative expenses was primarily attributable to the comparison of operating results for a twelve month period with a five month period. In addition to the increase in costs attributable to the difference in the number of months in the comparable period, incremental costs associated with our new distribution centers opened during the last twelve months were $24.6 million. Also, the expansion of several of our distribution centers in order to better service our existing customers as well as the integration of our fourth quarter 2010 and second quarter 2011 acquisitions contributed to the increase. Other factors included additional amortization due to both the revaluation of the customer list intangible asset established as part of the Merger and other intangible assets acquired, a higher price per gallon of fuel and an increase in salaries and wage expense due to higher sales volume and related headcount. These cost more than offset the $5.9 million of stock based compensation expense related to the discretionary vesting of certain previously unvested stock options during the five months ended May 28, 2010. Despite the increase in expenses during 2011, operating efficiencies and improved operating leverage positively impacted our percentage of net sales. As a result, selling, general and administrative expenses as a percentage of net sales decreased to 14.3% from 14.5% for fiscal 2011 and the five months ended May 28, 2010, respectively.

Transaction Expenses

Transaction expenses for fiscal 2011 were $3.9 million, which primarily related to acquisition fees as well as costs incurred in connection with both the amendment of our ABL Facility and the registration of our Senior Secured Notes with the SEC. In addition, we incurred $1.1 million for exit costs associated with our decision to relocate two existing distribution centers into two expanded distribution centers. During the five months ended May 28, 2010, we incurred transaction costs of $42.6 million. These direct acquisition costs included investment banking, legal, accounting and other fees for professional services in connection with the Merger as well as certain financing fees that did not qualify for capitalization. In addition, $2.4 million related to our now suspended public offering of our common stock.

Interest Expense

Interest expense for fiscal 2011 was $67.6 million, a $34.9 million or 106.9% increase compared with the five months ended May 28, 2010. The increase was primarily attributable to the comparison of operating results

 

32


Table of Contents

of a twelve month period with a five month period. Fiscal 2011 was impacted by higher debt levels as well as slightly higher interest rates associated with the Successor’s senior debt obligations as compared with the Predecessor’s senior debt obligations. However, during the five months ended May 28, 2010, we wrote off $8.0 million of deferred financing fees related to the Predecessor’s existing debt and accreted the carrying amount of the Predecessor’s redeemable preferred stock to the redemption amount at the date of the Merger, which impacted interest expense by $2.3 million.

Provision (Benefit) for Income Taxes

Our income tax provision for fiscal 2011 was $4.4 million. The provision, which was based on pre-tax income of $4.5 million, includes $54.6 million of amortization expense that is not deductible for income tax purposes. Our income tax benefit for the five months ended May 28, 2010 was $15.2 million, which was based on a pre-tax loss of $51.3 million, primarily resulting from the $42.6 million of transaction expenses recorded during this time period. Our effective tax rate for fiscal 2011 and the five months ended May 28, 2010 were 97.4% and 29.7%, respectively. The effective tax rate for fiscal 2011 is higher than our statutory tax rate primarily due to an increase our state effective tax rate, a result based our growing presence in jurisdictions with higher than average tax rates, and the related impact on our net deferred tax liabilities. During the five months ended May 28, 2010, the income tax benefit was impacted by certain permanent differences relating to the Merger, which were not deductable for income tax purposes.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

Overview

The following table contains several key measures to gauge our financial condition and liquidity:

 

     Successor  

In thousands

   December 29,
2012
    December 31,
2011
    January 1,
2011
 

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 25,951      $ 14,979      $ 11,971   

Working capital

     545,969        446,061        270,332   

Total debt

     951,204        835,808        652,544   

Total stockholders’ equity

     705,654        655,819        651,446   

Debt-to-capital ratio

     57.4     56.0     50.0
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Debt-to-capital ratio = total debt / (total debt plus total stockholders’ equity)

We assess our liquidity in terms of our ability to generate cash to fund our operating, investing and financing activities. In doing so, we review and analyze our current cash on hand, the number of days our sales are outstanding, inventory turns, capital expenditure commitments and income tax rates. Our cash requirements consist primarily of the following:

 

   

Debt service requirements

 

   

Funding of working capital

 

   

Funding of capital expenditures

Our primary sources of liquidity include cash flows from operations and our availability under our ABL Facility. We expect our cash flow from operations, combined with availability under our ABL Facility, to provide sufficient liquidity to fund our current obligations, projected working capital requirements and capital spending during the next twelve month period. In addition, we expect our cash flow from operations and our availability under our newly amended ABL Facility to continue to provide sufficient liquidity to fund our ongoing obligations, projected working capital requirements, restructuring obligations and capital spending during the foreseeable future.

 

33


Table of Contents

We are significantly leveraged. Accordingly, our liquidity requirements are significant, primarily due to our debt service requirements. As of December 29, 2012, our total indebtedness was $951.2 million with a debt-to-capital ratio of 57.4%. Our cash interest payments for fiscal 2012, fiscal 2011 and the seven months ended January 1, 2011 for the Successor and the five months ended May 28, 2010 for the Predecessor were $64.3 million, $61.7 million, $30.2 million, and $26.2 million, respectively. As of December 29, 2012, we have an additional $161.8 million of availability under our U.S. ABL Facility and an additional $25.9 million of availability under our Canadian ABL Facility. The availability under our U.S. and Canadian ABL Facilities is determined in accordance with a borrowing base which can decline due to various factors. Therefore, amounts under our U.S. and Canadian ABL Facilities may not be available when we need them.

Our liquidity and our ability to fund our capital requirements is dependent on our future financial performance, which is subject to general economic, financial and other factors that are beyond our control and many of which are described under “Item 1A—Risk Factors.” If those factors significantly change or other unexpected factors adversely affect us, our business may not generate sufficient cash flow from operations or we may not be able to obtain future financings to meet our liquidity needs. We anticipate that to the extent additional liquidity is necessary to fund our operations, it would be funded through borrowings under our U.S. and Canadian ABL Facilities or through the incurrence of additional indebtedness, additional equity financings or a combination of these potential sources of liquidity. We may not be able to obtain this additional liquidity on terms acceptable to us or at all.

Cash Flows

Due to the Merger and related change in control, a new entity was created for accounting purposes as of May 28, 2010. As a result, generally accepted accounting principles require us to present separately our operating results for the Predecessor and Successor periods. In the following discussion, our cash flow results for the fiscal year ended December 29, 2012 for the Successor are compared and discussed in relation to the fiscal year ended December 31, 2011 and the seven months ended January 1, 2011 for the Successor as well as with the five months ended May 28, 2010 for the Predecessor.

The following table sets forth the major categories of cash flows:

 

     Successor           Predecessor  

In thousands

   Fiscal
Year
2012
    Fiscal
Year
2011
    Seven Months
Ended

January 1,
2011
          Five Months
Ended

May 28,
2010
 

Cash provided by (used in) operating activities

   $ 10,026      $ (91,006   $ (23,439        $ 28,106   

Cash provided by (used in) investing activities

     (167,821     (92,249     (17,237          (7,523

Cash provided by (used in) financing activities

     168,824        186,263        40,405             (15,631
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

        

 

 

 

Effect of exchange rate changes on cash

     (57     —          —               —     

Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

     10,972        3,008        (271          4,952   

Cash and cash equivalents—beginning of period

     14,979        11,971        12,242             7,290   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

        

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents—end of period

   $ 25,951      $ 14,979      $ 11,971           $ 12,242   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

        

 

 

 

Cash payments for interest

   $ 64,324      $ 61,732      $ 30,202           $ 26,188   

Cash payments (receipts) for taxes, net

   $ 6,510      $ (8,101   $ 1,971           $ 1,122   

Capital expenditures financed by debt

   $ 515      $ —        $ —             $ —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

        

 

 

 

Operating Activities

Net cash provided by operating activities for fiscal 2012 for the Successor was $10.0 million compared with net cash used in operating activities of $91.0 million for fiscal 2011. During the year, working capital requirements resulted in a cash outflow of $73.4 million, primarily driven by the continued expansion of our

 

34


Table of Contents

distribution centers into new domestic geographic markets. In addition, inventory resulted in a cash outflow of $32.2 million as a result of stocking seven new distribution centers opened during the year and our recent acquisitions. Accounts payable and accrued expenses changes also resulted in a cash outflow of $38.3 million primarily associated with the earlier timing of vendor payments and changes in accrued incentive compensation.

Net cash used in operating activities for fiscal 2011 for the Successor was $91.0 million. During the year, working capital requirements resulted in a cash outflow of $175.0 million, primarily driven by the continued expansion of our distribution centers into new domestic geographic markets. The cash outflow of $151.9 million related to inventory reflects our decision to increase manufacturer safety stock amounts as a result of tight supply levels with most of our manufacturers, the impact of manufacturer price increases on the replenishment of our inventory as well as the impact of new, acquired or expanded distribution centers. In addition, the combined impact of stocking new distribution centers and our recent acquisitions also contributed to the inventory increase. As well, higher sales volumes led to a $47.4 million increase to accounts receivable. However, these amounts were partially offset by a $19.1 million increase in accounts payable and accrued expenses primarily associated with the timing of vendor payments and accrued interest on our senior notes.

Net cash used in operating activities for the seven months ended January 1, 2011 for the Successor was $23.4 million. During the seven months, working capital requirements resulted in a cash outflow of $69.1 million. Accounts receivable and inventory increased $4.3 million and $36.8 million, respectively, as the increase in sales volume reflected the seasonal nature of our business. The decrease in accounts payable primarily resulted from the timing of vendor payments.

Net cash provided by operating activities for the five months ended May 28, 2010 for the Predecessor was $28.1 million. During the five months, working capital requirements for the Predecessor resulted in a cash inflow of $31.0 million. The increase, primarily driven by an increase in accounts payable and accrued expenses of $96.4 million, reflects the accrual for transaction costs associated with the Merger of $42.6 million as well as timing of vendor payments. These amounts were partially offset by an increase in accounts receivable and inventory as the increase in sales volume reflected the seasonal nature of our business.

Investing Activities

Net cash used in investing activities for fiscal 2012 for the Successor was $167.8 million compared to $92.2 million during fiscal 2011. During fiscal 2012, cash outflows for acquisitions net of cash acquired totaled $115.3 million. In addition, we invested $52.4 million in property and equipment purchases, which included information technology upgrades, IT application development and warehouse racking. During fiscal 2011, cash outflows for acquisitions net of cash acquired totaled $59.7 million. In addition, capital expenditures for property and equipment were $31.0 million which included information technology upgrades, IT application development and warehouse racking.

During the seven months ended January 1, 2011 for the Successor and the five months ended May 28, 2010 for the Predecessor, capital expenditures for property and equipment were $12.4 million and $6.4 million, respectively. The expenditures included information technology upgrades, IT application development and leasehold improvements. In addition, fourth quarter 2010 acquisitions net of cash acquired impacted the Successor’s net cash used in investing activities by $11.0 million.

Financing Activities

Net cash provided by financing activities for fiscal 2012 for the Successor was $168.8 million compared with $186.3 million during fiscal 2011. The decrease was primarily related to lower net borrowings from our ABL Facility due to the reduction in cash outflow for working capital requirements between periods as well as the change in outstanding checks between periods. These decreases were partially offset by a $60.0 million equity contribution received from TPG and certain co-investors during 2012.

 

35


Table of Contents

Net cash provided by financing activities for fiscal 2011 for the Successor was $186.3 million. The inflow was primarily related to higher net borrowings from our ABL Facility due to the increase in working capital requirements as well as cash paid for acquisitions. In addition, we paid $5.9 million related to the amendment of our ABL Facility.

Net cash provided by financing activities for the seven months ended January 1, 2011 for the Successor was $40.4 million. The inflow was primarily related to the proceeds from the issuance of our Senior Secured Notes and our Senior Subordinated Notes. The proceeds were partially offset by the repayment of our previously outstanding senior notes and redeemable preferred stock as well as payments for transaction fees and deferred financing costs paid in connection with the Merger.

Net cash used in financing activities for the five months ended May 28, 2010 for the Predecessor were $15.6 million. During the five months ended May 28, 2010, the outflow primarily related to the timing of outstanding checks. In addition, higher borrowings from our ABL Facility were partially offset by a $6.3 million payment related to the Predecessor’s Senior Notes.

Supplemental Disclosures of Cash Flow Information

Cash payments for interest for fiscal 2012 were $64.3 million compared with cash payments for interest for fiscal 2011 of $61.7 million. The increase is primarily due to higher average debt levels during fiscal 2012 partially offset by lower average interest rates on the outstanding debt during the year. As well, we paid an additional $0.7 million during fiscal 2012 related to our interest rate swaps.

Cash payments for interest for fiscal 2011 were $61.7 million compared with cash payments for interest for the seven month period ended January 1, 2011 of $30.2 million. The increase is primarily related to the comparison of a twelve month period to a seven month period. However, as a result of the Merger, the overall debt structure of the Successor increased along with associated higher interest rates as compared with the Predecessor. Cash payments for interest for the five month period ended May 28, 2010 were $26.2 million. The decrease compared with fiscal 2011 is primarily related to the comparison of a five month period to a twelve month period.

Cash payments for taxes during fiscal 2012 were $6.5 million, which was partially offset by a receipt of $1.2 million related to a federal income tax refund. The remaining balance included payments for 2012 estimated tax payments and 2011 tax return payments. Cash receipts for taxes for fiscal 2011 were $8.1 million as a result of utilizing a majority of our available net operating losses.

Cash receipts for taxes for fiscal year 2011 were $8.1 million compared with $2.0 million paid during the seven month period ended January 1, 2011. During 2011, we utilized a federal net operating loss to recover a portion of our prior federal income tax paid. As a result, we received a $9.1 million tax refund in the fourth quarter of 2011 based on the use of this net operating loss carryback. Cash payments for taxes for the five month period ended May 28, 2010 were $1.1 million. The decrease compared with fiscal 2011 is primarily related to the comparison of a five month period to a twelve month period as well as the utilization of the federal net operating loss.

 

36


Table of Contents

Indebtedness

The following table summarizes our outstanding debt at December 29, 2012:

 

In thousands

   Matures      Interest Rate (1)     Outstanding
Balance
 

U.S. ABL Facility

     2017         3.2   $ 478,616   

Canadian ABL Facility

     2017         4.2      $ 10,976   

Senior Secured Notes

     2017         9.75        247,802   

Senior Subordinated Notes

     2018         11.50        200,000   

Capital lease obligations

     2012 - 2027         7.1 - 12.3        12,469   

Other

     2014 - 2021         8.0 - 10.6        1,341   
       

 

 

 

Total debt

          951,204   

Less—Current maturities

          (493
       

 

 

 

Long—term debt

        $ 950,711   

 

(1) Interest rates for each of the U.S. ABL Facility and the Canadian ABL Facility are the weighted average interest rate at December 29, 2012.

ABL Facility

In connection with the acquisition of TriCan on November 30, 2012, we amended and restated our Fifth Amended and Restated Credit Agreement in order to provide for borrowings under the agreement by TriCan and make certain other amendments (as so amended and restated, the “Sixth Amended and Restated Credit Agreement”). The Sixth Amended and Restated Credit Agreement provides for senior secured asset-backed revolving credit facilities consisting of (i) U.S. revolving credit commitments of $850.0 million (of which up to $50.0 million can be utilized in the form of commercial and standby letters of credit), subject to U.S. borrowing base availability (the “U.S. ABL Facility”) and (ii) Canadian revolving credit commitments of $60.0 million (of which up to $10.0 million can be utilized in the form of commercial and standby letters of credit), subject to Canadian borrowing base availability (the “Canadian ABL Facility” and, collectively with the U.S. ABL Facility, the “ABL Facility”). The U.S. ABL Facility is available to ATDI, its wholly-owned subsidiary Am-Pac Tire Dist. Inc. and any other U.S. subsidiary that we designate in the future in accordance with the terms of the agreement. The Canadian ABL Facility is available to TriCan and any other Canadian subsidiaries that we designate in the future in accordance with the terms of the agreement. Provided that no default or event of default then exists or would arise therefrom, we have the option to request that the ABL Facility be increased by an amount not to exceed $200.0 million (up to $50.0 million of which may be allocated to the Canadian ABL Facility), subject to certain rights of the administrative agent, swingline lender and issuing banks with respect to the lenders providing commitments for such increase. The maturity date for the Sixth Amended and Restated Credit Agreement is November 16, 2017, provided that if on March 1, 2017, either (i) more than $50.0 million in aggregate principal amount of ATDI’s Senior Secured Notes remains outstanding or (ii) any principal amount of ATDI’s Senior Secured Notes remains outstanding with a scheduled maturity date which is earlier than 91 days after November 16, 2017 and excess availability under the ABL Facility is less than 12.5% of the aggregate revolving commitments, then the maturity date will be March 1, 2017.

At December 29, 2012, we had $478.6 million outstanding under the U.S. ABL Facility. In addition, we had certain letters of credit outstanding in the aggregate amount of $8.3 million, leaving $161.8 million available for additional borrowings under the U.S. ABL Facility. The outstanding balance of the Canadian ABL Facility at December 29, 2012 was $11.0 million. In addition, the Company had certain letters of credit outstanding under the Canadian ABL Facility in the amount of $0.1 million, leaving $25.9 million available for additional borrowings.

Borrowings under the U.S. ABL Facility bear interest at a rate per annum equal to, at our option, either (a) an Adjusted LIBOR rate determined by reference to LIBOR, adjusted for statutory reserve requirements, plus

 

37


Table of Contents

an applicable margin of 2.0% as of December 29, 2012 or (b) a base rate determined by reference to the highest of (1) the prime commercial lending rate published by the Bank of America, N.A. as its “prime rate” for commercial loans, (2) the federal funds effective rate plus  1/2 of 1% and (3) the one month-Adjusted LIBOR rate plus 1.0% per annum, plus an applicable margin of 1.0% as of December 29, 2012. The applicable margins under the U.S. ABL Facility are subject to step ups and step downs based on average excess borrowing availability under the aggregate ABL Facility.

Borrowings under the Canadian ABL Facility bear interest at a rate per annum equal to either (a) a Canadian base rate determined by reference to the highest of (1) the base rate as published by Bank of America, N.A. (acting through its Canada branch) as its “base rate”, (2) the federal funds rate effective plus  1/2 of 1% per annum and (3) the one month-LIBOR rate plus 1.0% per annum, plus an applicable margin of 1.0% as of December 29, 2012 or (b) a Canadian prime rate determined by reference to the highest of (1) the prime rate as published by Bank of America, N.A. (acting through its Canada branch) as its “prime rate”, (2) the sum of  1/2 of 1% plus the Canadian overnight rate and (3) the sum of 1% plus the rate of interest per annum equal to the average rate applicable to Canadian Dollar bankers’ acceptances as published by Reuters Monitor Money Rates Service for a 30 day interest period, plus an applicable margin of 1.0% as of December 29, 2012. The applicable margins under the Canadian ABL Facility are subject to step ups and step downs based on average excess borrowing availability under the aggregate ABL Facility.

The U.S. and Canadian borrowing base at any time equals the sum (subject to certain reserves and other adjustments) of:

 

   

85% of eligible accounts receivable of the U.S. or Canadian loan parties, as applicable; plus

 

   

The lesser of (a) 70% of the lesser of cost or fair market value of eligible tire inventory of the U.S. or Canadian loan parties, as applicable, and (b) 85% of the net orderly liquidation value of eligible tire inventory of the U.S. or Canadian loan parties, as applicable; plus

 

   

The lesser of (a) 50% of the lower of cost or market value of eligible non-tire inventory of the U.S. or Canadian loan parties, as applicable, and (b) 85% of the net orderly liquidation value of eligible non-tire inventory of the U.S. or Canadian loan parties, applicable.

All obligations under the U.S. ABL Facility are unconditionally guaranteed by Holdings and substantially all of ATDI’s existing and future, direct and indirect, wholly-owned domestic material restricted subsidiaries, other than Tire Pros Francorp. The Canadian ABL Facility is unconditionally guaranteed by the U.S. loan parties, TriCan and any future, direct and indirect, wholly-owned, material restricted Canadian subsidiaries. Obligations under the U.S. ABL Facility are secured by a first-priority lien on inventory, accounts receivable and related assets and a second-priority lien on substantially all other assets of the U.S. loan parties, subject to certain exceptions. Obligations under the Canadian ABL Facility are secured by a first-priority lien on inventory, accounts receivable and related assets and a second-priority lien on substantially all other assets of the U.S. loan parties and the Canadian loan parties, subject to certain exceptions.

The ABL Facility contains customary covenants, including covenants that restrict our ability to incur additional debt, grant liens, enter into guarantees, enter into certain mergers, make certain loans and investments, dispose of assets, prepay certain debt, declare dividends, modify certain material agreements, enter into transactions with affiliates or change our fiscal year. If the amount available for additional borrowings under the combined ABL Facility is less than the greater of (a) 10.0% of the lesser of (x) the aggregate commitments under the combined ABL Facility and (y) the borrowing base and (b) $25.0 million, then we would be subject to an additional covenant requiring us to meet a fixed charge coverage ratio of 1.0 to 1.0. As of December 29, 2012, our additional borrowing availability under the combined ABL Facility were above the required amount and we were therefore not subject to the additional covenants.

 

38


Table of Contents

Senior Secured Notes

On May 28, 2010, ATDI issued Senior Secured Notes (“Senior Secured Notes”) due June 1, 2017 in an aggregate principal amount at maturity of $250.0 million. The Senior Secured Notes were issued at a discount from their principal amount at maturity and generated net proceeds of approximately $240.7 million after debt issuance costs (which represents a non-cash financing activity of $9.3 million). The Senior Secured Notes will accrete based on an effective interest rate of 10% to an aggregate accreted value of $250.0 million, the full principal amount at maturity. The Senior Secured Notes bear interest at a fixed rate of 9.75%. Interest on the Senior Secured Notes is payable semi-annually in arrears on June 1 and December 1 of each year, commencing on December 1, 2010. The Senior Secured Notes are not redeemable, except as described below, at the option of ATDI prior to June 1, 2013. Thereafter, the Senior Secured Notes may be redeemed at any time at the option of ATDI, in whole or in part, upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days’ notice at a redemption price of 107.313% of the principal amount if the redemption date occurs between June 1, 2013 and May 31, 2014, 104.875% of the principal amount if the redemption date occurs between June 1, 2014 and May 31, 2015, 102.438% of the principal amount if the redemption date occurs between June 1, 2015 and May 31, 2016 and 100.0% of the principal amount if the redemption date occurs between June 1, 2016 and May 31, 2017.

Until June 1, 2013, ATDI may, at its option, on one or more occasions, redeem up to 35% of the aggregate principal amount of the Senior Secured Notes issued at a redemption price equal to 109.75% of the aggregate principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest, to, but not including, the redemption date, with the net cash proceeds from one or more equity offerings to the extent that such net cash proceeds are received by or contributed to ATDI; provided that:

 

  (1) at least 50% of the sum of the aggregate principal amount of the Senior Secured Notes remains outstanding immediately after the occurrence of such redemption; and

 

  (2) each such redemption occurs within 120 days of the date of the closing of the related equity offering.

In addition, at any time prior to June 1, 2013, ATDI may redeem all or a part of the Senior Secured Notes upon not less than 30 or more than 60 days’ notice at a redemption price equal to 100.0% of the principal amount of notes to be redeemed, plus the applicable premium (an amount intended to approximate a “make-whole” price based on the price of a U.S. treasury security plus 50 basis points) as of, plus accrued and unpaid interest, to, but not including, the redemption date, subject to the rights of holders on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date.

The Senior Secured Notes are unconditionally guaranteed by Holdings and substantially all of ATDI’s existing and future, direct and indirect, wholly-owned domestic material restricted subsidiaries, other than Tire Pros Francorp, subject to certain exceptions. The Senior Secured Notes are also collateralized by a second-priority lien on accounts receivable and related assets and a first-priority lien on substantially all other assets (other than inventory), in each case of Holdings, ATDI and the guarantor subsidiaries, subject to certain exceptions.

The indenture governing the Senior Secured Notes contains covenants that, among other things, limits ATDI’s ability and the ability of its restricted subsidiaries to incur additional debt or issue preferred stock; pay certain dividends or make certain distributions in respect of ATDI’s or repurchase or redeem ATDI’s capital stock; make certain loans, investments or other restricted payments; place restrictions on the ability of ATDI’s subsidiaries to pay dividends or make other payments to ATDI; engage in transactions with stockholders or affiliates; transfer or sell certain assets; guarantee indebtedness or incur other contingent obligations; incur certain liens; consolidate, merge or sell all or substantially all of ATDI’s assets; enter into certain transactions with ATDI’s affiliates; and designate ATDI’s subsidiaries as unrestricted subsidiaries.

Senior Subordinated Notes

On May 28, 2010, ATDI issued $200.0 million in aggregate principal amount of its 11.50% Senior Subordinated Notes due June 1, 2018, which we refer to as the Senior Subordinated Notes. Interest on the Senior

 

39


Table of Contents

Subordinated Notes is payable semi-annually in arrears on June 1 and December 1 of each year, commencing on December 1, 2010. The Senior Subordinated Notes are not redeemable, except as described below, at the option of ATDI prior to June 1, 2013. Thereafter, the Senior Subordinated Notes may be redeemed at any time at the option of ATDI, in whole or in part, upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days’ notice at a redemption price of 104.0% of the principal amount if the redemption date occurs between June 1, 2013 and May 31, 2014, 102.0% of the principal amount if the redemption date occurs between June 1, 2014 and May 31, 2015 and 100.0% of the principal amount if the redemption date occurs between June 1, 2015 and May 31, 2016.

Prior to June 1, 2013, ATDI may, at its option, on one or more occasions, redeem up to 35% of the aggregate principal amount of the Senior Subordinated Notes issued at a redemption price equal to 111.5% of the aggregate principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest, to, but not including, the redemption date, with the net cash proceeds of one or more equity offerings; provided that:

 

  (1) at least 50% of the aggregate principal amount of the Senior Subordinated Notes remains outstanding immediately after the occurrence of such redemption; and
  (2) each such redemption occurs within 120 days of the date of the closing of the related equity offering.

In addition, at any time prior to June 1, 2013, ATDI may redeem all or a part of the Senior Subordinated Notes upon not less than 30 or more than 60 days’ notice at a redemption price equal to 100.0% of the principal amount of notes to be redeemed, plus the applicable premium (an amount intended to approximate a “make-whole” price based on the price of a U.S. treasury security plus 50 basis points) as of, and accrued and unpaid interest, to, but not including, the redemption date.

The Senior Subordinated Notes are unconditionally guaranteed by Holdings and substantially all of ATDI’s existing and future, direct and indirect, wholly-owned domestic material restricted subsidiaries, other than Tire Pros Francorp, subject to certain exceptions.

The indenture governing the Senior Subordinated Notes contains covenants that, among other things, limits ATDI’s ability and the ability of its restricted subsidiaries to incur additional debt or issue preferred stock; pay certain dividends or make certain distributions in respect of ATDI’s or repurchase or redeem ATDI’s capital stock; make certain loans, investments or other restricted payments; place restrictions on the ability of ATDI’s subsidiaries to pay dividends or make other payments to ATDI; engage in transactions with stockholders or affiliates; transfer or sell certain assets; guarantee indebtedness or incur other contingent obligations; incur certain liens without securing the Senior Subordinated Notes; consolidate, merge or sell all or substantially all of ATDI’s assets; enter into certain transactions with ATDI’s affiliates; and designate ATDI’s subsidiaries as unrestricted subsidiaries.

Interest Rate Swaps

On August 1, 2012, ATDI entered into two interest rate swap agreements (“3Q 2012 Swaps”) used to hedge a portion of our exposure to changes in our variable interest rate debt. The swaps in place cover an aggregate notional amount of $100.0 million, with each $50.0 million contract having a fixed rate of 0.655% and expiring in June 2016. The 3Q 2012 Swaps do not meet the criteria to qualify for hedge accounting treatment; therefore, changes in the fair value of each contract is recognized in net income (loss) in the consolidated statement of comprehensive income (loss).

 

40


Table of Contents

Contractual Commitments

As of December 29, 2012, we had certain cash obligations associated with contractual commitments. The amounts due under these commitments are as follows:

 

In millions

   Total      Less than
1 year
     1- 3
years
     4 - 5
years
     After 5
years
 
              

Long-term debt (variable rate)

   $ 489.6       $ —         $ —         $ 489.6       $ —     

Long-term debt (fixed rate)

     449.3         0.2         0.5         248.2         200.4   

Estimated interest payments (1)

     325.7         64.8         129.4         112.9         18.6   

Operating leases, net of sublease income

     462.5         75.3         131.3         97.3         158.6   

Capital leases

     12.5         0.3         0.6         0.8         10.8   

Uncertain tax positions

     2.0         —           1.6         0.1         0.3   

Deferred compensation obligation

     2.7         —           —           —           2.7   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total contractual cash obligations

   $ 1,744.3       $ 140.6       $ 263.4       $ 948.9       $ 391.4   

 

(1) Represents the annual interest expense on fixed and variable rate debt. Projections of interest expense on variable rate debt are based on current interest rates.

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

We have no significant off balance sheet arrangements other than liabilities related to certain leases of the Winston Tire Company (Winston). These leases were guaranteed when we sold Winston in 2001. As of December 29, 2012, our total obligations as guarantor on these leases are approximately $2.8 million extending over six years. However, we have secured assignments or sublease agreements for the vast majority of these commitments with contractually assigned or subleased rentals of approximately $2.6 million. A provision has been made for the net present value of the estimated shortfall. The accrual for lease liabilities could be materially affected by factors such as the credit worthiness of lessors, assignees and sublessees and our success at negotiating early termination agreements with lessors. These factors are significantly dependent on general economic conditions. While we believe that our current estimates of these liabilities are adequate, it is possible that future events could require significant adjustments to those estimates.

Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations are based upon our consolidated financial statements, which have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States. The preparation of financial statements in conformity with those accounting principles requires management to use judgment in making estimates and assumptions based on the relevant information available at the end of each period. These estimates and assumptions have a significant effect on reported amounts of assets and liabilities, revenue and expenses as well as the disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities because they result primarily from the need to make estimates and assumptions on matters that are inherently uncertain. Actual results may differ from estimates. The following is a summary of certain accounting estimates and assumptions made by management that we consider critical.

Allowance for Doubtful Accounts

The allowance for doubtful accounts represents the best estimate of probable loss inherent within our accounts receivable balance. Estimates are based upon both the creditworthiness of specific customers and the overall probability of losses based upon an analysis of the overall aging of receivables as well as past collection trends and general economic conditions. Estimating losses from doubtful accounts is inherently uncertain because the amount of such losses depends substantially on the financial condition of our customers. If the financial condition of our customers were to deteriorate beyond estimates, and impair their ability to make payments, we would be required to write off additional accounts receivable balances, which would adversely impact our financial position.

 

41


Table of Contents

Inventories

Inventories are stated at the lower of cost, determined on the first-in, first-out (FIFO) method, or fair market value and consist primarily of automotive tires, custom wheels, and related tire supplies and tools. We perform periodic assessments to determine the existence of obsolete, slow-moving and non-saleable inventories and record necessary provisions to reduce such inventories to net realizable value. If actual market conditions are less favorable than those projected by management, we could be required to reduce the value of our inventory or record additional reserves, which would adversely impact our financial position.

Goodwill and Indefinite-Lived Intangible Assets

Goodwill and intangible assets with indefinite useful lives are no longer amortized, but are tested and reviewed annually for impairment during the fourth quarter or whenever there is a significant change in events or circumstances that indicate that the fair value of the asset may be less than the carrying amount of the asset.

Recoverability of goodwill is determined using a two step process. The first step compares the carrying amount of the reporting unit to its estimated fair value. If the estimated fair value of a reporting unit exceeds its carrying amount, goodwill of the reporting unit is not impaired and the second step of the impairment test is not necessary. To the extent that the carrying value of the reporting unit exceeds its estimated fair value, a second step is performed, wherein the reporting unit’s carrying value of goodwill is compared to the implied fair value of goodwill. To the extent that the carrying value exceeds the implied fair value, impairment exists and must be recognized.

Recoverability of other intangible assets with indefinite useful lives is measured by a comparison of the carrying amount of the intangible assets to the estimated fair value of the respective intangible assets. Any excess of the carrying value over the estimated fair value is recognized as an impairment loss equal to that excess.

The determination of estimated fair value requires management to make assumptions about estimated cash flows, including profit margins, long-term forecasts, discount rates, royalty rates and terminal growth rates. Management developed these assumptions based on the best information available as of the date of the assessment. We completed our assessment of goodwill and intangible assets with indefinite useful lives as of November 30, 2012 and determined that no impairment existed at that date. Although no impairment has been recorded to date, there can be no assurances that future impairments will not occur. Future adverse developments in market conditions or our current or projected operating results could cause the fair value of our goodwill and intangible assets with indefinite useful lives to fall below carrying value, which would result in an impairment charge that would adversely affect our financial position.

Long-Lived Assets

Management reviews long-lived assets, which consist of property, leasehold improvements, equipment and definite-lived intangibles, for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying value of an asset may not be recoverable. For long-lived assets to be held and used, management evaluates recoverability by comparing the carrying value of the asset to future net undiscounted cash flows expected to be generated by the asset. If the undiscounted cash flows are less than the carrying value of the asset, an impairment loss is recognized for the amount by which the carrying value of the asset exceeds the fair value of the asset. For long-lived assets for which we have committed to a disposal plan, we report such assets at the lower of the carrying value or fair value less the cost to sell.

In determining the fair value of long-lived assets, we make judgments relating to the expected useful lives of long-lived assets and our ability to realize any undiscounted cash flows in excess of the carrying amounts of such assets. Factors that impact these judgments include the ongoing maintenance and improvements of the assets, changes in the expected use of the assets, changes in economic conditions, changes in operating performance and anticipated future cash flows. If actual fair value is less than our estimates, long-lived assets may be overstated on the balance sheet, which would adversely impact our financial position.

 

42


Table of Contents

Self-Insured Reserves

We are self-insured for automobile liability, workers’ compensation and the health care claims of our team members, although we maintain stop-loss coverage with third-party insurers to limit our total liability exposure. We establish reserves for losses associated with claims filed, as well as claims incurred but not yet reported, using actuarial methods followed in the insurance industry and our historical claims experience. If amounts ultimately paid differ significantly from our estimates, it could adversely impact our financial position.

Exit Cost Reserves

During the normal course of business, we continually assess the location and size our distribution centers in order to determine our optimal geographic footprint and overall structure. As a result, we have certain facilities that we have closed or intend to close and we record reserves for certain exit costs associated with these facilities. These exit cost reserves are recorded in an amount equal to future minimum lease payments and related ancillary costs from the date of closure to the end of the lease term, net of estimated sublease rentals we reasonably expect to obtain for the property. We estimate future cash flows based on contractual lease terms, the geographic market in which the facility is located, inflation, the ability to sublease the property and other economic conditions. We estimate sublease rentals based on the geographic market in which the property is located, our experience subleasing similar properties and other economic conditions. If actual exit costs associated with closing these facilities differ from our estimates, it could adversely impact our financial position.

Income Taxes and Valuation Allowances

We record a tax provision for the anticipated tax consequences of the reported results of operations. The provision is computed using the asset and liability method of accounting, under which deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the expected future tax consequences of temporary differences between the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities for financial reporting purposes and the amounts used for income tax purposes. In addition, we recognize future tax benefits, such as net operating losses and tax credits, to the extent that realizing these benefits is considered in our judgment to be more likely than not. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using currently enacted tax rates that apply to taxable income in effect for the years in which those tax items are expected to be realized or settled. We regularly review the recoverability of our deferred tax assets considering historic profitability, projected future taxable income, and timing of the reversals of existing temporary differences as well as the feasibility of our tax planning strategies. Where appropriate, we record a valuation allowance if available evidence suggests that it is more likely than not that some portion or all of a deferred tax asset will not be realized. Changes to valuation allowances are recognized in earnings in the period such determination is made.

The application of income tax law is inherently complex and involves a significant amount of management judgment regarding interpretation of relevant facts and laws in the jurisdiction in which we operate. In addition, we are required to make certain assumptions regarding our income tax positions and the likelihood that such tax positions will be sustained if challenged. Resolution of these uncertainties in a manner inconsistent with management’s expectations could have a material impact on amounts we recognize in our consolidated balance sheets and adversely impact our financial position.

Revenue Recognition

Revenue is recognized and earned when all of the following criteria are satisfied: (a) persuasive evidence of a sales arrangement exists; (b) price is fixed or determinable; (c) collectability is reasonably assured; and (d) delivery has occurred or service has been rendered. We recognize revenue when the title and the risk and rewards of ownership have substantially transferred to the customer, which is upon delivery under free-on-board destination terms.

 

43


Table of Contents

We permit customers from time to time to return certain products but there is no contractual right of return. We continuously monitor and track such returns and record an estimate of such future returns, based on historical experience and recent trends. While such returns have historically been within management’s expectations and the provisions established have been adequate, we cannot guarantee that we will continue to experience the same return rates that we have in the past. If future returns increase significantly, it could adversely impact our results of operations.

Manufacturer Rebates

We receive rebates from tire manufacturers pursuant to a variety of rebate programs. These rebates are recorded in accordance with accounting standards applicable to cash consideration received from vendors. Many of the tire manufacturer programs provide that we receive rebates when certain measures are achieved, generally related to the volume of our purchases. We account for these rebates as a reduction to the price of the product, which reduces the carrying value of our inventory, and our cost of goods sold when product is sold. During the year, we record amounts earned for annual rebates based on purchases management considers probable for the full year. These estimates are periodically revised to reflect rebates actually earned based on actual purchase levels. Tire manufacturers may change the terms of some or all of these programs, which could increase our cost of goods sold and decrease our net income, particularly if these changes are not passed along to the customer.

Customer Rebates

We offer rebates to our customers under a number of different programs. These rebates are recorded in accordance with authoritative guidance related to accounting for consideration given by a vendor to a customer. These programs typically provide customers with rebates, generally in the form of a reduction to the amount they owe us, when certain measures are achieved, generally related to the volume of product purchased from us. We record these rebates through a reduction in the related price of the product, which decreases our net sales. During the year, we estimate rebate amounts based on the rebate rates we expect customers will achieve for the full year. These estimates are periodically revised to reflect rebates actually earned by customers.

Cooperative Advertising and Marketing Programs

We participate in cooperative advertising and marketing programs, or co-op advertising, with our vendors. Co-op advertising funds are provided to us generally based on the volume of purchases made with vendors that offer such programs. A portion of the funds received must be used for specific advertising and marketing expenditures incurred by us or our customers. The co-op advertising funds received by us from our vendors are accounted for in accordance with authoritative guidance related to accounting for cash consideration received from a vendor, which requires that we record the funds received as a reduction of cost of sales or as an offset to specific costs incurred in selling the vendor’s products. The co-op advertising funds that are provided to our customers are accounted for in accordance with authoritative guidance related to accounting for cash consideration given by a vendor to a customer, which requires that we record the funds paid as a reduction of revenue since no separate identifiable benefit is received by us.

Stock Based Compensation

We account for stock-based compensation awards in accordance with ASC 718—Compensation, which requires a fair-value based method for measuring the value of stock-based compensation. Fair value is measured once at the date of grant and is not adjusted for subsequent changes. Our stock-based compensation plans include programs for stock options and restricted stock units. Determining the appropriate fair value model and calculating the fair value of stock-based payment awards require the input of subjective assumptions, including the expected life of the awards and stock price volatility. The assumptions used in calculating the fair value of stock-based payment awards represent our best estimates, but these estimates involve inherent uncertainties and the application of management judgment. As a result, if factors change and we use different assumptions, our equity-based compensation expense could be materially different in the future.

 

44


Table of Contents

Foreign Currency Translation

All foreign currency denominated balance sheet accounts are translated at year end exchange rates and revenue and expense accounts are translated at weighted average rates of exchange prevailing during the year. Gains and losses resulting from the translation of foreign currency are recorded in the accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) component of stockholders’ equity. Transactional foreign currency gains and losses are included in other expense, net in the accompanying consolidated statements of comprehensive income (loss).

Recently Adopted Accounting Pronouncements

In May 2011, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Updated (“ASU”) No. 2011-04, “Fair Value Measurements (Topic 820): Amendments to Achieve Common Fair Value Measurements and Disclosure Requirements in U.S. GAAP and International Financial Reporting Standards (“IFRS”).” ASU No. 2011-04 represents converged guidance between U.S. GAAP and IFRS resulting in a consistent definition of fair value as well as provides common requirements for measuring fair value and disclosing information about fair value measurements. This new guidance is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2011 and subsequent interim periods. We adopted this guidance on January 1, 2012 and its adoption did not significantly impact our consolidated financial statements.

In June 2011, the FASB issued ASU No. 2011-05, “Presentation of Comprehensive Income.” ASU No. 2011-05 requires the Company to present components of other comprehensive income and of net income in one continuous statement of comprehensive income, or in two separate, but consecutive statements. While the new guidance changes the presentation of comprehensive income, there are no changes to the components that are recognized in net income or other comprehensive income under current accounting guidance. The option to report other comprehensive income within the statement of equity has been removed. This new presentation is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2011 and subsequent interim periods. The revised presentation requirements are reflected in our consolidated financial statements.

In September 2011, the FASB issued ASU No. 2011-08, “Testing for Goodwill Impairment” which amended the guidance on the annual testing of goodwill for impairment. The amended guidance will allow a company the option to first assess qualitative factors to determine whether it is more-likely-than-not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying amount as a basis for determining whether it is necessary to perform the two-step goodwill impairment test required under current accounting standards. This new guidance will be effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2011, with early adoption permitted. We adopted this guidance on January 1, 2012; however, we performed our annual impairment test in the fourth quarter of 2012.

In December 2011, the FASB issued ASU No. 2011-12, “Deferral of the Effective Date for Amendments to the Presentation of Reclassification of Items Out of Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income in Accounting Standards Update No. 2011-05.” ASU No. 2011-12 revises ASU No. 2011-05 to defer the presentation in the financial statements of reclassifications out of accumulated other comprehensive income for annual and interim financial statements. The deferral is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2011 and subsequent interim periods. We adopted this guidance on January 1, 2012. The revised presentation requirements are reflected in our consolidated financial statements.

In July 2012, the FASB issued ASU No. 2012-02, “Testing Indefinite-Lived Intangible Assets for Impairment” which amended the guidance on the annual impairment testing of indefinite-lived intangible assets other than goodwill. The amended guidance will allow a company the option to first assess qualitative factors to determine whether it is more-likely-than-not that the fair value of an indefinite-lived intangible asset is less than its carrying amount. If, based on the qualitative assessment, it is more-likely-than-not that the fair value of an indefinite-lived intangible asset is less than its carrying amount, quantitative impairment testing is required. However, if a company concludes otherwise, quantitative impairment testing is not required. This new guidance

 

45


Table of Contents

will be effective for fiscal years beginning after September 15, 2012, with early adoption permitted. We will adopt this guidance on December 30, 2012 (the first day of our 2013 fiscal year); however we perform our annual impairment test in the fourth quarter and do not expect the impact of adopting this standard to have a material effect on the consolidated financial statements.

 

Item 7A. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosure About Market Risk.

Interest Rate Risk

Our U.S. and Canadian ABL Facilities are exposed to fluctuations in interest rates which could impact our results of operations and financial condition. Interest on the U.S. ABL Facility is tied to Base Rate, as defined, or LIBOR. Interest on the Canadian ABL Facility is tied to Base Rate, as defined, or Prime Rate, as defined.At December 29, 2012, we had $489.6 million outstanding under our aggregate ABL Facility subject to interest rate changes.

To manage this exposure, we use interest rate swap agreements in order to hedge the changes in our variable interest rate debt. Interest rate swap agreements utilized by us in our hedging programs are viewed as risk management tools, involve little complexity and are not used for trading or speculative purposes. To minimize the risk of counterparty non-performance, interest rate swap agreements are made only through major financial institutions with significant experience in such instruments.

At December 29, 2012, $239.6 million of the aggregate outstanding balance of our ABL Facility is not hedged by an interest rate swap agreement and thus subject to interest rate changes. Based on this amount, a hypothetical increase of 1% in such interest rate percentages would result in an increase to our annual interest expense by $2.4 million.

Foreign Currency Exchange Rate Risk

The financial position and results of operations for TriCan, our wholly-owned subsidiary acquired during 2012, are impacted by movements in the exchange rates between the Canadian dollar and the U.S. dollar. As of December 29, 2012, we do not have any foreign currency derivatives in place.

 

46


Table of Contents
Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.

INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

     Page  

American Tire Distributors Holdings, Inc.—Consolidated Financial Statements

  

Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting

     48   

Reports of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

     49   

Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 29, 2012 and December 31, 2011 for the Successor

     51   

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income (Loss) for the fiscal years ended December  29, 2012 and December 31, 2011 and the seven months ended January 1, 2011 for the Successor and for the five months ended May 28, 2010 for the Predecessor

     52   

Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity for the fiscal years ended December  29, 2012 and December 31, 2011 and the seven months ended January 1, 2011 for the Succesor and for the five months ended May 28, 2010 for the Predecessor

     53   

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the fiscal years ended December 29, 2012 and December  31, 2011 and the seven months ended January 1, 2011 for the Successor and for the five months ended May 28, 2010 for the Predecessor

     54   

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

     55   

 

47


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S REPORT ON INTERNAL CONTROL OVER FINANCIAL REPORTING

Management of American Tire Distributors Holdings, Inc. (the “Company”) is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting. Internal control over financial reporting is defined in Rule 13a-15(f) or 15d-15(f) promulgated under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, as a process designed by, or under the supervision of, the Company’s principal executive and principal financial officers and effected by the Company’s board of directors, management and other personnel, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of consolidated financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles and includes those policies and procedures that:

 

   

Pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the Company;

 

   

Provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded and necessary to permit preparation of consolidated financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the Company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the Company;

 

   

Provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use or disposition of the Company’s assets that could have a material effect on the consolidated financial statements.

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

Management conducted an assessment of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 29, 2012. In making this assessment, the Company’s management used the criteria set forth by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO) in Internal Control—Integrated Framework. Based on this assessment, management has concluded that the Company’s internal control over financial reporting was effective at a reasonable assurance level as of December 29, 2012.

 

48


Table of Contents

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

To the Board of Directors of American Tire Distributors Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiaries:

In our opinion, the accompanying consolidated balance sheets and the related consolidated statements of comprehensive income, of stockholders’ equity and of cash flows present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of American Tire Distributors Holdings, Inc. and its subsidiaries (the “Company” and “Successor”) at December 29, 2012 and December 31, 2011, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for the fiscal years ended December 29, 2012, December 31, 2011 and the Seven Months ended January 1, 2011 for the Successor in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. In addition, in our opinion, the financial statement schedule listed in the index appearing under Item 15(a)(2) presents fairly, in all material respects, the information set forth therein when read in conjunction with the related consolidated financial statements for the fiscal years ended December 29, 2012, December 31, 2011 and the Seven Months Ended January 1, 2011 for the Successor. These financial statements and financial statement schedule are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements and financial statement schedule based on our audit. We conducted our audit of these statements in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP

Charlotte, North Carolina

March 11, 2013

 

49


Table of Contents

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

To the Board of Directors of American Tire Distributors Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiaries:

In our opinion, the accompanying consolidated statements of comprehensive income, of stockholders’ equity and of cash flows present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of American Tire Distributors Holdings, Inc. and its subsidiaries (Predecessor Company) the results of their operations and their cash flows for the five months ended May 28, 2010 in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. In addition, in our opinion, the financial statement schedule listed in the index appearing under Item 15(a)(2) presents fairly, in all material respects, the information set forth therein when read in conjunction with the related consolidated financial statements. These financial statements and financial statement schedule are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements and financial statement schedule based on our audit. We conducted our audit of these statements in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP

Charlotte, North Carolina

March 15, 2011

 

50


Table of Contents

AMERICAN TIRE DISTRIBUTORS HOLDINGS, INC.

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

 

     Successor  

In thousands, except share amounts

   December 29,
2012
    December 31,
2011
 

ASSETS

    

Current assets:

    

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 25,951      $ 14,979   

Accounts receivable, net of allowance for doubtful accounts of $950 and $696 in fiscal 2012 and 2011, respectively

     301,303        268,943   

Inventories

     721,672        641,710   

Deferred income taxes

     16,458        15,042   

Income tax receivable

     369        1,601   

Assets held for sale

     7,151        6,301   

Other current assets

     20,695        13,203   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total current assets

     1,093,599        961,779   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Property and equipment, net

     129,882        99,930   

Goodwill

     483,143        446,787   

Other intangible assets, net

     738,698        737,684   

Other assets

     58,680        56,383   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total assets

   $ 2,504,002      $ 2,302,563   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY

    

Current liabilities:

    

Accounts payable

   $ 502,221      $ 469,867   

Accrued expenses

     44,916        45,693   

Current maturities of long-term debt

     493        158   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total current liabilities

     547,630        515,718   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Long-term debt

     950,711        835,650   

Deferred income taxes

     285,345        282,756   

Other liabilities

     14,662        12,620   

Commitments and contingencies (See Note 13)

    

Stockholders’ equity:

    

Common stock, par value $.01 per share; 1,000 shares authorized, issued and outstanding

     —          —     

Additional paid-in capital

     756,338        691,951   

Accumulated earnings (deficit)

     (50,541     (36,195

Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)

     (143     63   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total stockholders’ equity

     705,654        655,819   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity

   $ 2,504,002      $ 2,302,563   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

51


Table of Contents

AMERICAN TIRE DISTRIBUTORS HOLDINGS, INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME (LOSS)

 

     Successor           Predecessor  

In thousands

   Fiscal Year
Ended
December 29,
2012
    Fiscal Year
Ended
December 31,
2011
    Seven Months
Ended
January 1,
2011
          Five Months
Ended
May 28,
2010
 

Net sales

   $ 3,455,864      $ 3,050,240      $ 1,525,249           $ 934,925   

Cost of goods sold, excluding depreciation included in selling, general and administrative expenses below

     2,887,421        2,535,020        1,316,679             775,678   

Selling, general and administrative expenses

     506,408        437,110        228,513             135,146   

Transaction expenses

     5,246        3,946        1,315             42,608   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

        

 

 

 

Operating income (loss)

     56,789        74,164        (21,258          (18,507

Other income (expense):

             

Interest expense

     (72,918     (67,580     (37,391          (32,669

Other, net

     (3,895     (2,110     (958          (127
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

        

 

 

 

Income (loss) from operations before income taxes

     (20,024     4,474        (59,607          (51,303

Income tax provision (benefit)

     (5,678     4,357        (23,295          (15,227
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

        

 

 

 

Net income (loss)

   $ (14,346   $ 117      $ (36,312        $ (36,076
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

        

 

 

 

Other comprehensive income (loss):

             

Change in value of derivative instrument, net of tax

   $ —         $ —         $ —              $ 2,168   

Foreign currency translation, net of tax

     (344     —           —                —      

Unrealized gain (loss) on rabbi trust assets, net of tax

     138        (158     221             (182
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

        

 

 

 

Other comprehensive income (loss)

     (206     (158     221             1,986   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

        

 

 

 

Comprehensive income (loss)

   $ (14,552   $ (41   $ (36,091        $ (34,090
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

        

 

 

 

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

52


Table of Contents

AMERICAN TIRE DISTRIBUTORS HOLDINGS, INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY

 

In thousands, except share amounts

  Total
Stockholders’

Equity
    Common Stock     Additional
Paid-In

Capital
    Warrants     Accumulated
Earnings

(Deficit)
    Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive

(Loss) Income
    Treasury
Stock

at Cost
 
    Shares     Amount            

Predecessor balance, January 2, 2010

  $ 230,647        999,528      $ 10      $ 218,348      $ 4,631      $ 9,922      $ (2,164   $ (100

Net income (loss)

    (36,076     —          —          —          —          (36,076     —          —     

Change in value of derivative instrument, net of tax of $1.4 million

    2,168        —          —          —          —          —          2,168        —     

Unrealized gain (loss) on rabbi trust assets, net of tax of $0.0 million

    (182     —          —          —          —          —          (182     —     

Stock-based compensation

    5,892        —          —          5,892        —          —          —          —     
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Predecessor balance, May 28, 2010

    202,449        999,528        10        224,240        4,631        (26,154     (178     (100
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Purchase accounting adjustments

    (202,449     (999,528     (10     (224,240     (4,631     26,154        178        100   

Net income (loss)

    (36,312     —          —          —          —          (36,312     —          —     

Unrealized gain (loss) on rabbi trust assets, net of tax of $0.0 million

    221        —          —          —          —          —          221        —     

Equity contributions

    683,831        1,000        —          683,831        —          —          —          —     

Stock-based compensation

    3,706        —          —          3,706        —          —          —          —     
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Successor balance, January 1, 2011

    651,446        1,000        —          687,537        —          (36,312     221        —     

Net income (loss)

    117        —          —          —          —          117        —          —     

Unrealized gain (loss) on rabbi trust assets, net of tax of $0.0 million

    (158     —          —          —          —          —          (158     —     

Equity contributions

    500        —          —          500        —          —          —          —     

Repurchase of common stock

    (200     —          —          (200     —          —          —          —     

Stock-based compensation

    4,114        —          —          4,114        —          —          —          —     
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Successor balance, December 31, 2011

    655,819        1,000        —          691,951        —          (36,195     63        —     

Net income (loss)

    (14,346     —          —          —          —          (14,346     —          —     

Unrealized gain (loss) on rabbi trust assets, net of tax of $0.1 million

    138        —          —          —          —          —          138        —     

Foreign currency translation, net of tax of $0.0 million

    (344               (344  

Equity contributions

    60,038        —          —          60,038        —          —          —          —     

Stock-based compensation

    4,349        —          —          4,349        —          —          —          —     
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Successor balance, December 29, 2012

  $ 705,654        1,000      $ 0      $ 756,338      $ 0      $ (50,541   $ (143   $ —     
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

53


Table of Contents

AMERICAN TIRE DISTRIBUTORS HOLDINGS, INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

 

    Successor         

Predecessor

 

In thousands

  Fiscal Year
Ended
December 29,
2012
    Fiscal Year
Ended
December 31,
2011
    Seven Months
Ended
January 1,
2011
             Five Months
Ended
May 28,
2010
 

Cash flows from operating activities:

             

Net income (loss)

  $ (14,346   $ 117      $ (36,312         $ (36,076

Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to net cash provided by (used in) operating activities:

             

Depreciation and amortization of intangibles

    89,167        78,071        40,905              14,707   

Amortization of other assets

    7,487        4,758        2,692              9,983   

Provision (benefit) for deferred income taxes

    (11,879     (6,280     (27,518           (3,846

Accretion of 8% cumulative preferred stock

    —          —          —                2,537   

Accrued dividends on 8% cumulative preferred stock

    —          —          —                966   

Provision for doubtful accounts

    1,996        1,911        1,762              608   

Inventory step-up amortization

    4,074        —          58,797              —     

Stock-based compensation

    4,349        4,114        3,706              5,892   

Other, net

    2,601        1,286        1,596              2,357   

Change in operating assets and liabilities:

             

Accounts receivable

    5,134        (47,363     (4,298           (19,280

Inventories

    (32,170     (151,945     (36,832           (37,751

Income tax receivable

    1,232        8,045        (1,383           (8,263

Other current assets

    (5,971     (1,729     (738           972   

Accounts payable and accrued expenses

    (38,257     19,082        (7,942           96,375   

Other, net

    (3,391     (1,073     (17,874           (1,075
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

         

 

 

 

Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities

    10,026        (91,006     (23,439           28,106   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

         

 

 

 

Cash flows from investing activities:

             

Acquisitions, net of cash acquired

    (115,334     (59,694     (11,018           —     

Purchase of property and equipment

    (52,388     (31,044     (12,381           (6,424

Purchase of assets held for sale

    (3,939     (2,993     (718           (1,498

Proceeds from sale of assets held for sale

    3,738        1,403        6,806              185   

Proceeds from sale of property and equipment

    102        79        74              214   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

         

 

 

 

Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities

    (167,821     (92,249     (17,237           (7,523
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

         

 

 

 

Cash flows from financing activities:

             

Borrowings from revolving credit facility

    3,333,642        2,760,364        1,995,596              828,727   

Repayments of revolving credit facility

    (3,217,298     (2,577,380     (1,997,413           (822,005

Outstanding checks

    (1,754     9,981        5,328              (15,369

Payments of other long-term debt

    (1,987     (822     (7,016           (721

Payments of deferred financing costs

    (3,779     (5,880     (24,958           —     

Payment for termination of interest rate swap agreements

    —          —          (2,804           —     

Payment of seller fees on behalf of Buyer

    —          —          (16,792           —     

8% cumulative preferred stock redemption

    —          —          (30,102           —     

Proceeds from issuance of long-term debt

    —          —          446,900              —     

Payments of Predecessor senior notes

    —          —          (340,131           (6,263

Equity contribution

    60,000        —          11,797              —     
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

         

 

 

 

Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities

    168,824        186,263        40,405              (15,631
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

         

 

 

 

Effect of exchange rate changes on cash

    (57     —          —                —     
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

         

 

 

 

Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

    10,972        3,008        (271           4,952   

Cash and cash equivalents—beginning of period

    14,979        11,971        12,242              7,290   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

         

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents—end of period

  $ 25,951      $ 14,979      $ 11,971            $ 12,242   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

         

 

 

 

Supplemental disclosures of cash flow information:

             

Cash payments for interest

  $ 64,324      $ 61,732      $ 30,202            $ 26,188   

Cash (receipts) payments for taxes, net

  $ 6,510      $ (8,101   $ 1,971            $ 1,122   

Supplemental disclosures of noncash activities:

             

Capital expenditures financed by debt

  $ 515      $ —        $ —              $ —     
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

         

 

 

 

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

54


Table of Contents

AMERICAN TIRE DISTRIBUTORS HOLDINGS, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

1. Description of Company:

American Tire Distributors Holdings, Inc. (also referred to herein as “Holdings”) is a Delaware corporation that owns 100% of the issued and outstanding capital stock of American Tire Distributors, Inc. (“ATDI”), a Delaware corporation. Holdings has no significant assets or operations other than its ownership of ATDI. The operations of ATDI and its subsidiaries constitute the operations of Holdings presented under accounting principles generally accepted in the United States. Unless the context otherwise requires, “Company” herein refers to Holdings and its consolidated subsidiaries.

The Company is primarily engaged in the wholesale distribution of tires, custom wheels and accessories, and related tire supplies and tools, representing 96.9%, 2.0% and 1.1%, respectively, of our net sales. Operating as one operating and reportable segment through a network of 121 distribution centers, including three redistribution centers in the United States, the Company offers access to an extensive breadth and depth of inventory, representing approximately 40,000 stock-keeping units (SKUs) to approximately 70,000 customers (approximately 62,000 in the U.S. and 8,000 in Canada). The Company’s customer base is comprised primarily of independent tire dealers with the remainder of other customers representing various national and corporate accounts. The Company serves a majority of the contiguous United States as well as Canada.

The Company’s fiscal year is based on either a 52- or 53-week period ending on the Saturday closest to each December 31. Therefore, the financial results of 53-week fiscal years will not be exactly comparable to the prior and subsequent 52-week fiscal years. The fiscal years ended December 29, 2012 and December 31, 2011 for the Successor each contain operating results for 52 weeks. The seven months ended January 1, 2011 for the Successor contains operating results for 31 weeks while the five months ended May 28, 2010 for the Predecessor contains operating results for 21 weeks. It should be noted that the Company and its recently acquired TriCan Tire Distributors (“TriCan”) subsidiary have different year-end reporting dates. TriCan has a calendar year-end reporting date of December 31. The impact from this difference on the consolidated financial statements is not material.

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies:

A summary of significant accounting policies used in the preparation of the accompanying financial statements follows:

Basis of Preparation

The accompanying consolidated financial statements reflect the consolidated operations of the Company and have been prepared in accordance with U.S. Generally Accepted Accounting Principles (GAAP) as defined by the Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) within the FASB Accounting Standards Codification (FASB ASC). In the opinion of management, the accompanying consolidated financial statements contain all adjustments, which include normal recurring adjustments, necessary to present fairly the consolidated results for the periods presented. Certain changes in classification of amounts reported in prior years have been made to conform to the 2012 classification.

On May 28, 2010, pursuant to an Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated as of April 20, 2010 (as amended and supplemented, the “Merger Agreement”), among Holdings, Accelerate Holdings Corp., a Delaware corporation (the “Buyer”), Accelerate Acquisition Corp., a Delaware corporation and a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Buyer (“Merger Sub”), and Investcorp International, Inc., solely in its capacity as a representative of the stockholders, optionholders and warrantholders of Holdings, Merger Sub merged with and into Holdings with Holdings being the surviving corporation (the “Merger” or the “Acquisition”). As a result of the Merger, Holdings became a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Buyer and an indirect wholly-owned subsidiary of Accelerate Parent Corp. (“Accelerate Parent”), substantially all of whose outstanding capital stock is owned by investment entities affiliated with TPG Capital, L.P. (“TPG” or the “Sponsor”). Under the guidance provided by the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) Staff Accounting Bulletin Topic 5J, “New Basis of Accounting Required in Certain Circumstances,” push-down accounting is required when such transactions result in an entity

 

55


Table of Contents

becoming substantially wholly-owned. Under push-down accounting, certain transactions incurred by the Buyer, which would otherwise be accounted for in the accounts of the parent, are “pushed down” and recorded on the financial statements of the subsidiary. Therefore, the basis in shares of common stock of Holdings have been pushed down from the Buyer to Holdings.

Principles of Consolidation

The accompanying consolidated financial statements include the accounts of Holdings and its wholly-owned subsidiaries. Partially-owned investments are accounted for under the equity method. All significant intercompany accounts and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation.

Use of Estimates

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosures of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements as well as the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates. Estimates are based on several factors including the facts and circumstances available at the time of the estimates are made, historical experience, risk of loss, general economic conditions and trends, and the assessment of the probably future outcome. Estimates and assumptions are reviewed periodically, and the effects of changes, if any, are reflected in the statement of comprehensive income (loss) in the period that they are determined.

Foreign currency translation

All foreign currency denominated balance sheet accounts are translated at year end exchange rates and revenue and expense accounts are translated at weighted average rates of exchange prevailing during the year. Gains and losses resulting from the translation of foreign currency are recorded in the accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) component of stockholders’ equity. Transactional foreign currency gains and losses are included in other expense, net in the accompanying consolidated statements of comprehensive income (loss).

Cash and Cash Equivalents

The Company considers all deposits with an original maturity of three months or less to be cash equivalents in its consolidated financial statements. Outstanding checks are presented as a financing activity in the statement of cash flows because they are funded by drawing on the revolving credit facility as they are presented for payment.

Allowance for Doubtful Accounts

The allowance for doubtful accounts represents the best estimate of probable loss inherent within the Company’s accounts receivable balance. Estimates are based upon both the creditworthiness of specific customers and the overall probability of losses based upon an analysis of the overall aging of receivables as well as past collection trends and general economic conditions.

Inventories

Inventories are stated at the lower of cost, determined on the first-in, first-out (FIFO) method, or fair market value and consist primarily of automotive tires, custom wheels, and related tire supply and tool products. The Company performs periodic assessments to determine the existence of obsolete, slow-moving and non-saleable inventories and records necessary provisions to reduce such inventories to net realizable value. A majority of the Company’s tire vendors allow for the return of tire products, subject to certain limitations, specified in supply arrangements with the vendors.

 

56


Table of Contents

Property and Equipment

Property and equipment are stated at cost, less accumulated depreciation. For financial reporting purposes, assets placed in service are recorded at cost and depreciated using the straight-line method at annual rates sufficient to amortize the cost of the assets less estimated salvage values over the assets’ estimated useful lives. Leasehold improvements are amortized over the shorter of their economic useful life or the related lease term. The range of useful lives used to depreciate property and equipment is as follows:

 

Buildings

   25 to 31 years

Leasehold improvements

   9 years

Machinery and equipment

   2 to 7 years

Furniture and fixtures

   8 years

Internal use software

   3 to 5 years

Vehicles and other

   4 to 6 years

Major expenditures for replacements and significant improvements that increase asset values and extend useful lives are capitalized. Repairs and maintenance expenditures that do not extend the useful life of the asset are charged to expense as incurred. The carrying amounts of assets that are sold or retired and the related accumulated depreciation are removed from the accounts in the year of disposal, and any resulting gain or loss is reflected in the statement of comprehensive income (loss).

The Company capitalizes costs, including interest, incurred to develop or acquire internal-use software. These costs are capitalized subsequent to the preliminary project stage once specific criteria are met. Costs incurred in the preliminary project planning stage are expensed. Other costs, such as maintenance and training, are also expensed as incurred. Capitalized costs are amortized over their estimated useful lives using the straight-line method.

The Company assesses the recoverability of the carrying value of its property and equipment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of the asset may not be recoverable. Recoverability is measured by a comparison of the carrying amount of an asset to the future net undiscounted cash flows expected to be generated by the asset. If the undiscounted cash flows are less than the carrying amount of the asset, an impairment loss is recognized for the amount by which the carrying value of the asset exceeds the fair value of the assets.

Goodwill and Intangible Assets

Goodwill and intangible assets with indefinite useful lives are tested and reviewed annually for impairment during the fourth quarter or whenever there is a significant change in events or circumstances that indicate that the fair value of the asset may be less than the carrying amount of the asset.

Recoverability of goodwill is measured at the reporting unit level and determined using a two step process. The first step compares the carrying amount of the reporting unit to its estimated fair value. If the estimated fair value of a reporting unit exceeds its carrying amount, goodwill of the reporting unit is not impaired and the second step of the impairment test is not necessary. To the extent that the carrying value of the reporting unit exceeds its estimated fair value, a second step is performed, wherein the reporting unit’s carrying value of goodwill is compared to the implied fair value of goodwill. To the extent that the carrying value exceeds the implied fair value, impairment exists and must be recognized.

Recoverability of other indefinite-lived intangible assets is measured by a comparison of the carrying amount of the intangible assets to the estimated fair value of the respective intangible assets. Any excess of the carrying value over the estimated fair value is recognized as an impairment loss equal to that excess.

 

57


Table of Contents

Intangible assets such as customer-related intangible assets and noncompete agreements with finite useful lives are amortized on a straight-line or accelerated basis over their estimated economic lives. The weighted-average useful lives approximate the following:

 

Customer list

   16 to 19 years

Tradenames

   1 to 7 years

Noncompete agreements

   1 to 5 years

Favorable leases

   6 years

The Company assesses the recoverability of the carrying value of its intangible assets with finite useful lives whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of the asset may not be recoverable. Recoverability is measured by a comparison of the carrying amount of an asset to the future net undiscounted cash flows expected to be generated by the asset. If the undiscounted cash flows are less than the carrying amount of the asset, an impairment loss is recognized for the amount by which the carrying value of the asset exceeds the fair value of the assets.

Deferred Financing Costs

Deferred financing costs are expenditures associated with obtaining financings that are capitalized in the consolidated balance sheets and amortized over the term of the loans to which such costs relate. Amounts capitalized are recorded within other assets in the consolidated balance sheets and amortized to interest expense in the consolidated statements of comprehensive income (loss). At December 29, 2012, the unamortized balance of deferred financing costs was $19.7 million, which includes $3.8 million incurred to increase the borrowing capacity and extend the maturity date of the Company’s revolving credit facility during fiscal 2012. At December 31, 2011, the unamortized balance of deferred financing costs was $23.4 million. Amortization for the Successor was $7.5 million for fiscal 2012, of which $2.8 million related to the write-off of deferred financing costs associated with a lender that is not participating in the new syndication group. Amortization for the Successor for fiscal 2011 and the seven months ended January 1, 2011 was $4.8 million and $2.7 million, respectively. Amortization for the Predecessor five months ended May 28, 2010 was $10.0 million, of which $8.0 million related to the write-off of deferred financing costs associated with the old debt structure eliminated as a result of the Merger.

Equity Method Investment

The Company has a 52% equity investment in American Car Care Centers (“ACCC”), an association of independent tire and automotive service dealers with over 1,100 locations nationwide. ACCC engages in a program to assist its stockholders and their customers in the promotion, marketing, distribution and sale of tires, tire supplies, accessories and equipment. Although we hold a majority ownership interest, our interest does not provide us with the ability to exercise significant influence. Accordingly, the investment is accounted for under the equity method and is included in other assets in the accompanying consolidated balance sheet at December 29, 2012.

Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities

For derivative instruments, the Company applies FASB authoritative guidance which establishes accounting and reporting standards requiring that every derivative instrument (including certain derivative instruments embedded in other contracts) be recorded in the balance sheet as either an asset or liability measured at its fair value. This statement requires that changes in the derivative’s fair value be recognized currently in earnings unless specific hedge accounting criteria are met and that a company must formally document, designate and assess the effectiveness of transactions that receive hedge accounting treatment.

 

58


Table of Contents

Self Insurance

The Company is self-insured with respect to employee health liability claims and maintains a large deductible program on both workers’ compensation and auto insurance. The Company has stop-loss insurance coverage for individual claims in excess of $0.3 million for employee health insurance and deductibles of $0.3 million on the workers’ compensation and auto on a per claim basis. Aggregate stop-loss limits for workers’ compensation and auto are $7.8 million. There is no aggregate stop-loss limit on employee health insurance. A reserve for liabilities associated with losses is established for claims filed and claims incurred but not yet reported using actuarial methods followed in the insurance industry as well as the Company’s historical claims experience.

Revenue Recognition

Revenue is recognized and earned when all of the following criteria are satisfied: (a) persuasive evidence of a sales arrangement exists; (b) price is fixed or determinable; (c) collectability is reasonably assured; and (d) delivery has occurred or service has been rendered. The Company recognizes revenue when the title and the risks and rewards of ownership have substantially transferred to the customer, which is upon delivery under free on board (“FOB”) destination terms. The Company permits customers from time to time to return certain products, but there is no contractual right of return. The Company continuously monitors and tracks such returns and records an estimate of such future returns, which is based on historical experience and recent trends.

In the normal course of business, the Company extends credit, on open accounts, to its customers after performing a credit analysis based on a number of financial and other criteria. The Company performs ongoing credit evaluations of its customers’ financial condition and does not normally require collateral; however, letters of credit and other security are occasionally required for certain new and existing customers.

Customer Rebates

The Company offers rebates to its customers under a number of different programs. These rebates are recorded in accordance with the accounting standards for consideration given by a vendor to a customer. The majority of these programs provide for the customer to receive rebates, generally in the form of a reduction in the related accounts receivable balance, when certain measures are achieved, generally related to the volume of product purchased from the Company. These rebates are recorded as a reduction of the related price of the product, which reduces the amount of revenue recorded. Throughout the year, the amount of rebates is estimated based on the expected level of purchases to be made by customers that participate in the rebate programs. These estimates are periodically revised to reflect rebates earned by customers based on actual purchases made.

Manufacturer Rebates

The Company receives rebates from its vendors under a number of different programs. These rebates are recorded in accordance with the accounting standards for cash consideration received from a vendor. Many of the vendor programs provide for the Company to receive rebates when any of a number of measures are achieved, generally related to the volume of purchases. These rebates are accounted for as a reduction to the price of the product, which reduces the carrying value of our inventory, and our cost of goods sold when product is sold. Throughout the year, the amount recognized for annual rebates is based on purchases management considers probable for the full year. These estimates are continually revised to reflect rebates earned based on actual purchase levels.

Cooperative Advertising and Marketing Programs

The Company participates in cooperative advertising and marketing programs (“co-op”) with its vendors. Co-op funds are provided to the Company generally based on the volume of purchases made with vendors that offer such programs. A portion of the funds received must be used for specific advertising and marketing

 

59


Table of Contents

expenditures incurred by the Company or its customers. The co-op funds received by the Company from its vendors are accounted for in accordance with the accounting standards related to accounting for cash consideration received from a vendor, which requires that the Company record the funds received as a reduction of cost of sales or as an offset to specific costs incurred in selling the vendor’s products. The co-op funds that are provided to the Company’s customers are accounted for in accordance with authoritative guidance related to accounting for cash consideration given by a vendor to a customer, which requires that the Company record the funds paid as a reduction of revenue since no separate identifiable benefit is received by the Company.

Shipping and Handling Fees and Costs

In accordance with current accounting standards, the Company determined that shipping fees shall be reported on a gross basis. As a result, all amounts billed to a customer in a sale transaction related to shipping fees represent revenues earned for the goods provided and therefore recorded within net sales in the consolidated statement of comprehensive income (loss). Handling costs include expenses incurred to store, move, and prepare products for shipment. The Company classifies these costs as selling, general and administrative expenses within the consolidated statement of comprehensive income (loss), and includes a portion of internal costs such as salaries and overhead related to these activities. For fiscal 2012 and 2011 and the seven months ended January 1, 2011, the Successor incurred $171.1 million, $140.8 million and $64.5 million, respectively, related to these expenses. For the Predecessor, such expenses totaled $43.1 million for the five months ended May 28, 2010.

Income Taxes

The Company records a tax provision for the anticipated tax consequences of the reported results of operations. The provision is computed using the asset and liability method of accounting, under which deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the expected future tax consequences of temporary differences between the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities for financial reporting purposes and the amounts used for income tax purposes. In addition, the Company recognizes future tax benefits, such as net operating losses and tax credits, to the extent that realizing these benefits is considered in its judgment to be more likely than not. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using currently enacted tax rates that apply to taxable income in effect for the years in which those tax items are expected to be realized or settled. The Company regularly reviews the recoverability of its deferred tax assets considering historic profitability, projected future taxable income, and timing of the reversals of existing temporary differences as well as the feasibility of our tax planning strategies. Where appropriate, a valuation allowance is recorded if available evidence suggests that it is more likely than not that some portion or all of a deferred tax asset will not be realized. Changes to valuation allowances are recognized in earnings in the period such determination is made.

The Company accounts for uncertain tax positions by recognizing the financial statement effects of a tax position only when, based upon the technical merits, it is more-likely-than-not that the position will be sustained upon examination. The tax impacts recognized in the financial statements from such positions are then measured based on the largest impact that has a greater than 50% likelihood of being realized upon settlement. The Company recognizes potential accrued interest and penalties associated with unrecognized tax positions as a component of the provision for income taxes.

Recently Adopted Accounting Pronouncements

In May 2011, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Updated (“ASU”) No. 2011-04, “Fair Value Measurements (Topic 820): Amendments to Achieve Common Fair Value Measurements and Disclosure Requirements in U.S. GAAP and International Financial Reporting Standards (“IFRS”).” ASU No. 2011-04 represents converged guidance between U.S. GAAP and IFRS resulting in a consistent definition of fair value as well as provides common requirements for measuring fair value and disclosing information about fair value measurements. This new guidance is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2011 and subsequent interim periods. The Company adopted this guidance on January 1, 2012 and its adoption did not significantly impact the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

 

60


Table of Contents

In June 2011, the FASB issued ASU No. 2011-05, “Presentation of Comprehensive Income.” ASU No. 2011-05 requires the Company to present components of other comprehensive income and of net income in one continuous statement of comprehensive income, or in two separate, but consecutive statements. While the new guidance changes the presentation of comprehensive income, there are no changes to the components that are recognized in net income or other comprehensive income under current accounting guidance. The option to report other comprehensive income within the statement of equity has been removed. This new presentation is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2011 and subsequent interim periods. The revised presentation requirements are reflected in the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

In September 2011, the FASB issued ASU No. 2011-08, “Testing for Goodwill Impairment” which amended the guidance on the annual testing of goodwill for impairment. The amended guidance will allow a company the option to first assess qualitative factors to determine whether it is more-likely-than-not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying amount as a basis for determining whether it is necessary to perform the two-step goodwill impairment test required under current accounting standards. This new guidance will be effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2011, with early adoption permitted. The Company adopted this guidance on January 1, 2012; however, the Company performed its annual impairment test in the fourth quarter of 2012.

In December 2011, the FASB issued ASU No. 2011-12, “Deferral of the Effective Date for Amendments to the Presentation of Reclassification of Items Out of Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income in Accounting Standards Update No. 2011-05.” ASU No. 2011-12 revises ASU No. 2011-05 to defer the presentation in the financial statements of reclassifications out of accumulated other comprehensive income for annual and interim financial statements. The deferral is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2011 and subsequent interim periods. The Company adopted this guidance on January 1, 2012. The revised presentation requirements are reflected in the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

In July 2012, the FASB issued ASU No. 2012-02, “Testing Indefinite-Lived Intangible Assets for Impairment” which amended the guidance on the annual impairment testing of indefinite-lived intangible assets other than goodwill. The amended guidance will allow a company the option to first assess qualitative factors to determine whether it is more-likely-than-not that the fair value of an indefinite-lived intangible asset is less than its carrying amount. If, based on the qualitative assessment, it is more-likely-than-not that the fair value of an indefinite-lived intangible asset is less than its carrying amount, quantitative impairment testing is required. However, if a company concludes otherwise, quantitative impairment testing is not required. This new guidance will be effective for fiscal years beginning after September 15, 2012, with early adoption permitted. The Company will adopt this guidance on December 30, 2012 (the first day of the Company’s 2013 fiscal year); however, the Company performs its annual impairment test in the fourth quarter and does not expect the impact of adopting this standard to have a material effect on the consolidated financial statements.

3. Acquisitions:

Acquisition of Holdings

On May 28, 2010, pursuant to an Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated as of April 20, 2010, the Company was acquired by affiliates of TPG for an aggregate purchase price of $1,287.5 million in cash, less the amount of the Company’s funded indebtedness, transaction expenses, aggregate redemption payments with respect to the Company’s outstanding preferred stock, certain holdback amounts plus the amount of estimated cash, plus or minus certain working capital adjustments. The Merger was financed by $635.0 million in aggregate principle of debt financing as well as common equity capital. In addition, the Company tendered its existing outstanding debt which was subsequently purchased and retired.

The Merger was recorded using the acquisition method of accounting in accordance with the accounting guidance for business combinations and non-controlling interest. The purchase price has been allocated to assets acquired and liabilities assumed based on the estimated fair market value of such assets and liabilities at the date

 

61


Table of Contents

of Merger and resulted in goodwill of $430.3 million and intangible assets of $781.3 million, of which $527.9 million related to a customer list and $249.9 million related to an indefinite-lived tradename. Cash and cash equivalents, accounts receivable and accounts payable were stated at their historical carrying values, which approximate their fair value, given the short-term nature of these assets and liabilities. Inventories were recorded at fair value, based on computations which considered many factors including the estimated selling price of the inventory, the cost to dispose the inventory as well as the replacement cost of the inventory, where applicable.

The following unaudited pro forma supplementary data for the five months ended May 28, 2010 give effect to the Merger as if it had occurred on January 3, 2010 (the first day of the Company’s 2010 fiscal year).

 

     Pro Forma  
     Five Months
Ended
 

In thousands

   May 28,
2010
 

Net sales

   $ 934,925   

Net (loss) income

     (17,835
  

 

 

 

The pro forma supplementary data for the five months ended May 28, 2010 includes $16.4 million as an adjustment to historical amortization expense as a result of the valuation of $531.4 million allocated to amortizable intangible assets acquired in the Merger, primarily associated with a customer relationship intangible asset. In addition, the Company has included a reduction in non-recurring transaction expenses related to the Merger of $40.2 million for the five months ended May 28, 2010.

The pro forma supplementary data is provided for informational purposes only and should not be construed to be indicative of the Company’s results of operations had the Merger been consummated on the date assumed and does not project the Company’s results of operations for any future date.

2012 Acquisitions

On November 30, 2012, ATDI and ATD Acquisition Co. V Inc. (“Canada Acquisition”), a newly-formed direct wholly-owned Canadian subsidiary of ATDI, entered into a Share Purchase Agreement (the “Purchase Agreement”) with 1278104 Alberta Inc. (“Seller”), Triwest Trading (Canada) Ltd., a wholly-owned subsidiary of Seller (“Triwest”) and certain shareholders of Seller pursuant to which Canada Acquisition agreed to acquire from Seller all of the issued and outstanding common shares of Triwest along with an outstanding loan owed to Seller by Triwest for approximately $97.5 million, subject to certain post-closing adjustments, including, but not limited to, working capital adjustments. Of the $97.5 million purchase price, $15.0 million is held in escrow pending the resolution of the post-closing adjustments in accordance with the terms of the Purchase Agreement and Escrow Agreement. As a result of the acquisition, Triwest became a direct wholly-owned subsidiary of Canada Acquisition. Triwest (dba: TriCan Tire Distributors, or “TriCan”) is a wholesale distributor of tires, tire parts, tire accessories and related equipment in Canada with 15 distribution centers stretching across the country.

The acquisition of TriCan was completed on November 30, 2012 and funded through the Company’s ABL Facility. The acquisition was recorded using the acquisition method of accounting in accordance with current accounting guidance for business combinations and non-controlling interest. As a result, the total purchase price has

 

62


Table of Contents

been preliminarily allocated to assets acquired and liabilities assumed based on the estimated fair market value of such assets and liabilities at the date of acquisition. The preliminary allocation of the purchase price is as follows:

 

In thousands

  

 

 

Cash

   $ 1,344   

Accounts receivable

     36,461   

Inventory

     45,445   

Other current assets

     495   

Property and equipment

     1,191   

Intangible assets

     49,940   

Other assets

     755   
  

 

 

 

Total assets acquired

     135,631   

Debt

     —      

Accounts payable

     37,102   

Accrued and other liabilities

     14,609   

Deferred income taxes

     13,003   

Other liabilities

     475   
  

 

 

 

Total liabilities assumed

     65,189   

Net assets acquired

     70,442   

Goodwill

     27,012   
  

 

 

 

Purchase price

   $ 97,454   
  

 

 

 

The excess of the purchase price over the amounts allocated to identifiable assets and liabilities is included in goodwill, and amounted to $27.0 million.

Cash, and cash equivalents, accounts receivable and accounts payable were stated at their historical carrying values, which approximate their fair value, given the short-term nature of these assets and liabilities. Inventory was recorded at fair value, based on computations which considered many factors including the estimated selling price of the inventory, the cost to dispose the inventory as well as the replacement cost of the inventory, where applicable.

The Company recorded intangible assets based on their estimated fair value and consisted of the followings:

 

In thousands

   Estimated
Useful
Life
   Estimated
Fair
Value
 

Customer list

   17 years    $ 44,621   

Tradenames

   7 years      4,958   

Favorable leases

   6 years      361   
     

 

 

 

Total

      $ 49,940   
     

 

 

 

TriCan contributed net sales of approximately $12.1 million to the Company for the period from December 1, 2012 to December 29, 2012. Net loss contributed by TriCan since the acquisition date was approximately $3.3 million which included non-cash amortization of the inventory step-up of $4.1 million and non-cash amortization expense on acquired intangible assets of $0.5 million.

The following unaudited pro forma supplementary data for the fiscal years ended December 29, 2012 and December 31, 2011 give effect to the TriCan acquisition as if it had occurred on January 2, 2011 (the first day of the Company’s 2011 fiscal year). The pro forma supplementary data is provided for informational purposes only and

 

63


Table of Contents

should not be construed to be indicative of the Company’s results of operations had the TriCan acquisition been consummated on the date assumed and does not project the Company’s results of operations for any future date.

 

     Pro Forma  
     Fiscal Year
Ended
    Fiscal Year
Ended
 

In thousands

   December 29,
2012
    December 31,
2011
 

Net sales

   $ 3,642,043      $ 3,234,331   

Net income (loss)

     (7,751     5,596   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

On May 24, 2012, the Company entered into a Stock Purchase Agreement with Firestone of Denham Springs, Inc. d/b/a Consolidated Tire & Oil (“CTO”) to acquire 100% of the outstanding capital stock of CTO. CTO owned and operated three distribution centers in Baton Rouge, Slidell and Lafayette, Louisiana serving over 500 customers. The acquisition was completed on May 24, 2012 and was funded through the Company’s ABL Facility. The Company does not believe the acquisition of CTO is a material transaction subject to the disclosures and supplemental pro forma information required by ASC 805—Business Combinations. As a result, the information is not presented.

The acquisition of CTO was recorded using the acquisition method of accounting in accordance with the accounting guidance for business combinations and non-controlling interest. The purchase price has been allocated to assets acquired and liabilities assumed based on the estimated fair market value of such assets and liabilities at the date of acquisition. A majority of the net assets acquired relate to a customer list intangible asset, which had an acquisition date fair value of $15.9 million. The excess of the purchase price over the amounts allocated to identifiable assets and liabilities is included in goodwill, and amounted to $9.4 million. The premium in the purchase price paid for the acquisition of CTO reflects the anticipated realization of operational and cost synergies. As of the balance sheet date, the purchase price allocation is final except for the resolution of the post-closing purchase price adjustment and tax matters, both of which the Company anticipates finalizing in early 2013. It is impracticable to calculate the net sales and net income (loss) contributed by CTO for the period May 25, 2012 to December 29, 2012 due to the fact that CTO’s operations were consolidated and integrated into the Company’s existing operations and facilities and thus their operations and results are no longer separately distinguishable.

2011 Acquisition

On April 15, 2011, the Company entered into a Stock Purchase Agreement with the Bowlus Service Company d/b/a North Central Tire (“NCT”) to acquire 100% of the outstanding capital stock of NCT. NCT owned and operated three distribution centers in Canton, Ohio, Cincinnati, Ohio and Rochester, New York, serving over 2, 700 customers. The acquisition was completed on April 29, 2011 and was funded through the Company’s ABL Facility. The Company does not believe the acquisition of NCT is a material transaction subject to the disclosures and supplemental pro forma information required by ASC 805—Business Combinations. As a result, the information is not presented.

The acquisition of NCT was recorded using the acquisition method of accounting in accordance with the accounting guidance for business combinations and non-controlling interest. The purchase price has been allocated to assets acquired and liabilities assumed based on the estimated fair market value of such assets and liabilities at the date of acquisition. A majority of the net assets acquired relates to a customer list intangible asset, which had an acquisition date fair value of $38.2 million. The excess of the purchase price over the amounts allocated to identifiable assets and liabilities is included in goodwill, and amounted to $27.0 million. The premium in the purchase price paid for the acquisition of NCT reflects the anticipated realization of significant operational and cost synergies. The purchase of NCT expanded the Company’s market position in Ohio and Western New York.

 

64


Table of Contents

2010 Acquisitions

On December 10, 2010, the Company completed the purchase of substantially all the assets of Lisac’s of Washington, Inc. (“Lisac’s”) pursuant to an Asset Purchase Agreement dated as of December 10, 2010. Lisac’s operated tire distribution centers in Portland, Oregon and Spokane, Washington, serving over 1,400 customers in the area. The acquisition was funded through the Company’s ABL Facility. The Company does not believe the acquisition of Lisac’s is a material transaction subject to the disclosures and supplemental pro forma information required by ASC 805—Business Combinations. As a result, the information is not presented.

The acquisition of Lisac’s was recorded using the acquisition method of accounting in accordance with the accounting guidance for business combinations and non-controlling interest. The purchase price has been allocated to assets acquired and liabilities assumed based on the estimated fair market value of such assets and liabilities at the date of acquisition. A majority of the net assets acquired relates to a customer list intangible asset, which had an acquisition date fair value of $4.4 million. The excess of the purchase price over the amounts allocated to identifiable assets and liabilities is included in goodwill, and amounted to $0.5 million. The purchase of Lisac’s expanded the Company’s market position in the Northwestern United States.

On December 10, 2010, the Company completed the purchase of 100% of the capital stock of Tire Wholesalers, Inc. (“Tire Wholesalers”) pursuant to a Stock Purchase Agreement dated as of December 10, 2010. Tire Wholesalers operated one distribution center in Kent, Washington, which serviced over 750 customers in the area. The acquisition was funded through the Company’s ABL Facility. The Company does not believe the acquisition of Tire Wholesalers is a material transaction subject to the disclosures and supplemental pro forma information required by ASC 805—Business Combinations. As a result, the information is not presented.

The acquisition of Tire Wholesalers was recorded using the acquisition method of accounting in accordance with the accounting guidance for business combinations and non-controlling interest. The purchase price has been allocated to assets acquired and liabilities assumed based on the estimated fair market value of such assets and liabilities at the date of acquisition. A majority of the net assets acquired relates to a customer list intangible asset, which had an acquisition date fair value of $1.7 million. The excess of the purchase price over the amounts allocated to identifiable assets and liabilities is included in goodwill, and amounted to $0.4 million. The purchase of Tire Wholesalers expanded the Company’s market position in the Northwestern United States.

4. Inventories:

Inventories consist primarily of automotive tires, custom wheels, tire supplies and tools and are valued at the lower of cost, determined on the first-in, first-out (FIFO) method, or fair market value. The Company performs periodic assessments to determine the existence of obsolete, slow-moving and non-saleable inventories and records necessary provisions to reduce such inventories to net realizable value. A majority of the Company’s tire vendors allow for the return of tire products, subject to certain limitations, specified in supply arrangements with the vendors. In addition, the Company’s inventory is collateral under the ABL Facility. See Note 9 for further information.

As a result of the TriCan acquisition, the carrying value of the acquired inventory was increased by $6.3 million to adjust to estimated fair value in accordance with the accounting guidance for business combinations. The step-up in inventory value will be amortized into cost of goods sold over the period of the Company’s normal inventory turns, which approximates two months. Amortization of the inventory step-up included in cost of goods sold in the accompanying consolidated statement of comprehensive income (loss) for the fiscal year ended December 29, 2012 was $4.1 million.

During the quarter ended October 2, 2010, the Company made the decision to discontinue selling certain products within its equipment product offering. As a result of the decision, the Company recognized a $1.0 million impairment charge, which is included in cost of goods sold in the accompanying consolidated statement

 

65


Table of Contents

of comprehensive income (loss), related to the estimated write-down of related inventory to their fair market values as the Company moved to dispose of the residual equipment in these product offerings. Sales related to these products accounted for 1.7% of the Company’s combined net sales during fiscal 2010.

As a result of the Merger, the carrying value of inventory was increased by $58.8 million to adjust to estimated fair value in accordance with the accounting guidance for business combinations. The step-up in inventory value was amortized into cost of goods sold in the accompanying consolidated statement of comprehensive income (loss) over the period of the Company’s normal inventory turns, which approximated two months.

5. Assets Held for Sale:

In accordance with current accounting standards, the Company classifies assets as held for sale in the period in which all held for sale criteria is met. Assets held for sale are reported at the lower of their carrying amount or fair value less cost to sell and are no longer depreciated. At December 29, 2012, assets held for sale totaled $7.2 million, of which $1.0 million were residential properties that were acquired as part of employee relocation packages. The Company is actively marketing these properties and anticipates that they will be sold within a twelve-month period from the date in which they are classified as held for sale.

As part of the Am-Pac Tire Dist., Inc. (“Am-Pac”) acquisition in 2008, the Company acquired a distribution center in California which contained office space that served as Am-Pac’s headquarters. The facility was used as a warehouse within the Company’s distribution operations until its activities were absorbed into nearby existing locations during 2011. As a result, the facility was classified as held for sale when the building had a carrying value of $5.1 million. During the second quarter of 2012, the Company determined that the carrying value of the facility exceeded its fair value due to current market conditions. As a result, the Company recorded a $0.6 million adjustment related to the fair value of this facility. The Company continues to actively market the property for immediate sale at a reasonable price in relation to its fair value.

On February 1, 2012, the Company reacquired one of three facilities originally included in a sale-leaseback transaction completed in 2002 that had an initial lease term of 20 years, followed by two 10 year renewal options. The facility was used as a distribution center within the Company’s operations until its activities were relocated to an expanded location during the second quarter of 2012. As a result, the Company classified the facility as held for sale during the third quarter of 2012 when the appropriate criteria was met. At December 29, 2012, the carrying value of the facility was $1.7 million.

6. Property and Equipment:

The following table represents the major classes of property and equipment at December 29, 2012 and December 31, 2011:

 

     Successor  

In thousands

   December 29,
2012
    December 31,
2011
 

Land

   $ 2,108      $ 3,578   

Buildings and leasehold improvements

     21,554        20,361   

Machinery and equipment

     21,745        11,191   

Furniture and fixtures

     39,863        31,692   

Software

     88,021        54,576   

Vehicles and other

     3,649        2,698   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total property and equipment

     176,940        124,096   

Less—Accumulated depreciation

     (47,058     (24,166
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Property and equipment, net

   $ 129,882      $ 99,930   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

66


Table of Contents

Depreciation expense for the Successor was $23.1 million for the fiscal year ended December 29, 2012, $16.5 million for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2011 and $8.0 million for the seven months ended January 1, 2011. The Predecessor recorded depreciation expense of $7.0 million for the five months ended May 28, 2010. Depreciation expense is classified in selling, general and administrative expense in the accompanying consolidated statements of comprehensive income (loss).

Included in the above table within Land and Buildings and leasehold improvements are assets under capital leases related to the sale and leaseback of two of the Company’s owned facilities (see Note 9). The net book value of these assets at December 29, 2012 and December 31, 2011 was $7.2 million and $9.9 million, respectively. Accumulated depreciation was $0.8 million and $0.5 million for the respective periods. Depreciation expense was $0.2 million, $0.3 million and $0.2 million for the fiscal years ended December 29, 2012 and December 31, 2011 and the seven months ended January 1, 2011 for the Successor and $0.3 million for the five months ended May 28, 2010 for the Predecessor.

7. Goodwill:

The Company records as goodwill the excess of the purchase price over the fair value of the net assets acquired. Once the final valuation has been performed for each acquisition, adjustments may be recorded. Goodwill is tested and reviewed annually for impairment during the fourth quarter or whenever there is a significant change in events or circumstances that indicate that the fair value of the asset may be less than the carrying amount of the asset.

The changes in the carrying amount of goodwill are as follows:

 

     Successor  

In thousands

   December 29,
2012
    December 31,
2011
 

Beginning balance

   $ 446,787      $ 431,065   

Purchase accounting adjustments

     —          (11,312

Acquisitions

     36,457        27,034   

Currency translation

     (101     —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Ending balance

   $ 483,143      $ 446,787   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

As of December 29, 2012, the Company has recorded goodwill of $483.1 million, of which approximately $28 million of net goodwill is deductible for income tax purposes in future periods. The balance primarily relates to the Merger on May 28, 2010, in which $430.3 million was recorded as goodwill. The Company does not have any accumulated goodwill impairment losses.

On November 30, 2012, ATDI and Canada Acquisition entered into a Share Purchase Agreement to acquire all of the issued and outstanding common shares of TriCan. The acquisition was completed on November 30, 2012 and was funded through the Company’s ABL Facility. The preliminary purchase price has been allocated to assets acquired and liabilities assumed based on the estimated fair market value of such assets and liabilities at the date of acquisition. As a result, the Company recorded $27.0 million as goodwill. See Note 3 for additional information.

On May 24, 2012, the Company entered into a Stock Purchase Agreement to acquire 100% of the outstanding capital stock of CTO. The acquisition was completed on May 24, 2012 and was funded through the Company’s ABL Facility. The purchase price has been allocated to assets acquired and liabilities assumed based on the estimated fair market value of such assets and liabilities at the date of acquisition. As a result, the Company recorded $9.4 million as goodwill. See Note 3 for additional information.

On April 15, 2011, the Company entered into a Stock Purchase Agreement to acquire 100% of the outstanding capital stock of NCT. The acquisition was completed on April 29, 2011 and was funded through the

 

67


Table of Contents

Company’s ABL Facility. The purchase price has been allocated to assets acquired and liabilities assumed based on the estimated fair market value of such assets and liabilities at the date of acquisition. As a result, the Company recorded $27.0 million as goodwill. See Note 3 for additional information.

8. Intangible Assets:

Indefinite-lived intangible assets are tested and reviewed annually for impairment during the fourth quarter or whenever there is a significant change in events or circumstances that indicate that the fair value of the asset may be less than the carrying amount of the asset. All other intangible assets with finite lives are being amortized on a straight-line basis or accelerated basis over periods ranging from one to nineteen years.

The following table sets forth the gross amount and accumulated amortization of the Company’s intangible assets at December 29, 2012 and December 31, 2011 for the Successor:

 

     Successor  
     December 29, 2012      December 31, 2011  
In thousands    Gross
Amount
     Accumulated
Amortization
     Gross
Amount
     Accumulated
Amortization
 

Customer list

   $ 632,589       $ 156,249       $ 572,209       $ 92,635   

Noncompete agreement

     7,898         2,841         6,320         1,143   

Favorable leases

     360         5         —           —     

Tradenames

     9,043         1,990         4,104         1,064   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total finite-lived intangible assets

     649,890         161,085         582,633         94,842   

Tradenames (indefinite-lived)

     249,893         —           249,893         —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total intangible assets

   $ 899,783       $ 161,085       $ 832,526       $ 94,842   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

At December 29, 2012, the Company had $738.7 million of intangible assets. The balance primarily relates to the Merger on May 28, 2010, in which $781.3 million was recorded as intangible assets. As part of the preliminary purchase price allocation of TriCan, the Company allocated $44.6 million to a finite-lived customer list intangible asset with a useful life of seventeen years, $4.9 million to a finite-lived tradename with a useful life of seven years and $0.4 million to a finite-lived favorable leases intangible asset with a useful life of six years. In connection with the acquisition of CTO on May 24, 2012, the Company allocated $15.9 million to a finite-lived customer list intangible asset with a useful life of sixteen years. During 2011, the Company allocated $43.4 million to finite-lived intangible assets, including $38.2 million associated with a customer list as well as $5.2 million associated with a noncompete agreement, in connection with the acquisition of NCT. These intangible assets had a useful life of nineteen years and five years, respectively. See Note 3 for additional information.

Amortization of intangible assets for the Successor was $66.2 million in fiscal 2012, $61.8 million in fiscal 2011 and $33.0 million in the seven months ended January 1, 2011. The Predecessor recorded amortization of intangible assets of $7.7 million in the five months ended May 28, 2010. Estimated amortization expense on existing intangible assets is expected to approximate $69.7 million in 2013, $64.3 million in 2014, $55.2 million in 2015, $47.2 million in 2016 and $41.7 million in 2017.

 

68


Table of Contents

9. Long-term Debt:

The following table presents the Successor’s long-term debt at December 29, 2012 and at December 31, 2011:

 

     Successor  

In thousands

   December 29,
2012
    December 31,
2011
 

U.S. ABL Facility

   $ 478,616      $ 373,255   

Canadian ABL Facility

     10,976        —     

Senior Subordinated Notes

     200,000        200,000   

Senior Secured Notes

     247,802        247,425   

Capital lease obligations

     12,469        14,118   

Other

     1,341        1,010   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total debt

     951,204        835,808   

Less—Current maturities

     (493     (158
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Long-term debt

   $ 950,711      $ 835,650   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

The fair value of the Company’s long-term senior notes was $477.0 million at December 29, 2012 and $463.5 million at December 31, 2011. The fair value of the Senior Secured Notes is based upon quoted market values (Level 1). However, the Company uses quoted prices for similar liabilities (Level 2) in order to fair value the Senior Subordinated Notes.

Aggregate maturities of long-term debt at December 29, 2012, are as follows:

 

In thousands

      

2013

   $ 493   

2014

     543   

2015

     482   

2016

     528   

2017

     737,977   

Thereafter

     211,181   
  

 

 

 

Total

   $ 951,204   
  

 

 

 

ABL Facility

In connection with the acquisition of TriCan on November 30, 2012, the Company amended and restated its Fifth Amended and Restated Credit Agreement in order to provide for borrowings under the agreement by Canada Acquisition and make certain other amendments (as so amended and restated, the “Sixth Amended and Restated Credit Agreement”). The Sixth Amended and Restated Credit Agreement provides for (i) U.S. revolving credit commitments of $850.0 million (of which up to $50.0 million can be utilized in the form of commercial and standby letters of credit), subject to U.S. borrowing base availability (the “U.S. ABL Facility”) and (ii) Canadian revolving credit commitments of $60.0 million (of which up to $10.0 million can be utilized in the form of commercial and standby letters of credit), subject to Canadian borrowing base availability (the “Canadian ABL Facility” and, collectively with the U.S. ABL Facility, the “ABL Facility”). The U.S. ABL Facility provides for revolving loans available to ATDI, its wholly-owned subsidiary Am-Pac Tire Dist. Inc. and any other U.S. subsidiary that the Company designates in the future in accordance with the terms of the agreement. The Canadian ABL Facility provides for revolving loans available to Canada Acquisition and any other Canadian subsidiaries that the Company designates in the future in accordance with the terms of the agreement. Provided that no default or event of default then exists or would arise therefrom, the Company has the option to request that the ABL Facility be increased by an amount not to exceed $200.0 million (up to $50.0 million of which may be allocated to the Canadian ABL Facility), subject to certain rights of the administrative

 

69


Table of Contents

agent, swingline lender and issuing banks with respect to the lenders providing commitments for such increase. The maturity date for the Sixth Amended and Restated Credit Agreement is November 16, 2017, provided that if on March 1, 2017, either (i) more than $50.0 million in aggregate principal amount of ATDI’s Senior Secured Notes remains outstanding or (ii) any principal amount of ATDI’s Senior Secured Notes remains outstanding with a scheduled maturity date which is earlier than 91 days after November 16, 2017 and excess availability under the ABL Facility is less than 12.5% of the aggregate revolving commitments, then the maturity date will be March 1, 2017.

At December 29, 2012, the Company had $478.6 million outstanding under the U.S. ABL Facility. In addition, the Company had certain letters of credit outstanding in the aggregate amount of $8.3 million, leaving $161.8 million available for additional borrowings under the U.S. ABL Facility. The outstanding balance of the Canadian ABL Facility at December 29, 2012 was $11.0 million. In addition, the Company had certain letters of credit outstanding under the Canadian ABL Facility in the amount of $0.1 million, leaving $25.9 million available for additional borrowings.

Borrowings under the U.S. ABL Facility bear interest at a rate per annum equal to, at the Company’s option, either (a) an Adjusted LIBOR rate determined by reference to LIBOR, adjusted for statutory reserve requirements, plus an applicable margin of 2.0% as of December 29, 2012 or (b) a base rate determined by reference to the highest of (1) the prime commercial lending rate published by the Bank of America, N.A. as its “prime rate” for commercial loans, (2) the federal funds effective rate plus  1/2 of 1% and (3) the one month-Adjusted LIBOR rate plus 1.0% per annum, plus an applicable margin of 1.0% as of December 29, 2012. The applicable margins under the U.S. ABL Facility are subject to step ups and step downs based on average excess borrowing availability under the aggregate ABL Facility.

Borrowings under the Canadian ABL Facility bear interest at a rate per annum equal to either (a) a Canadian base rate determined by reference to the highest of (1) the base rate as published by Bank of America, N.A. (acting through its Canada branch) as its “base rate”, (2) the federal funds rate effective plus  1/2 of 1% per annum and (3) the one month-LIBOR rate plus 1.0% per annum, plus an applicable margin of 1.0% as of December 29, 2012 or (b) a Canadian prime rate determined by reference to the highest of (1) the prime rate as published by Bank of America, N.A. (acting through its Canada branch) as its “prime rate”, (2) the sum of  1/2 of 1% plus the Canadian overnight rate and (3) the sum of 1% plus the rate of interest per annum equal to the average rate applicable to Canadian Dollar bankers’ acceptances as published by Reuters Monitor Money Rates Service for a 30 day interest period, plus an applicable margin of 1.0% as of December 29, 2012. The applicable margins under the Canadian ABL Facility are subject to step ups and step downs based on average excess borrowing availability under the aggregate ABL Facility.

The U.S. and Canadian borrowing base at any time equals the sum (subject to certain reserves and other adjustments) of:

 

   

85% of eligible accounts receivable of the U.S. or Canadian loan parties, as applicable; plus

 

   

The lesser of (a) 70% of the lesser of cost or fair market value of eligible tire inventory of the U.S. or Canadian loan parties, as applicable and (b) 85% of the net orderly liquidation value of eligible tire inventory of the U.S. or Canadian loan parties, as applicable; plus

 

   

The lesser of (a) 50% of the lower of cost or market value of eligible non-tire inventory of the U.S. or Canadian loan parties, as applicable and (b) 85% of the net orderly liquidation value of eligible non-tire inventory of the U.S. or Canadian loan parties, as applicable.

All obligations under the U.S. ABL Facility are unconditionally guaranteed by Holdings and substantially all of ATDI’s existing and future, direct and indirect, wholly-owned domestic material restricted subsidiaries, other than Tire Pros Francorp. The Canadian ABL Facility is unconditionally guaranteed by the U.S. loan parties, TriCan and any future, direct and indirect, wholly-owned, material restricted Canadian subsidiaries. Obligations under the U.S. ABL Facility are secured by a first-priority lien on inventory, accounts receivable and related

 

70


Table of Contents

assets and a second-priority lien on substantially all other assets of the U.S. loan parties, subject to certain exceptions. Obligations under the Canadian ABL Facility are secured by a first-priority lien on inventory, accounts receivable and related assets and a second-priority lien on substantially all other assets of the U.S. loan parties and the Canadian loan parties, subject to certain exceptions.

The ABL Facility contains customary covenants, including covenants that restricts the Company’s ability to incur additional debt, grant liens, enter into guarantees, enter into certain mergers, make certain loans and investments, dispose of assets, prepay certain debt, declare dividends, modify certain material agreements, enter into transactions with affiliates or change the Company’s fiscal year. If the amount available for additional borrowings under the combined ABL Facility is less than the greater of (a) 10.0% of the lesser of (x) the aggregate commitments under the combined ABL Facility and (y) the borrowing base and (b) $25.0 million, then the Company would be subject to an additional covenant requiring them to meet a fixed charge coverage ratio of 1.0 to 1.0. As of December 29, 2012, the Company’s additional borrowing availability under the combined ABL Facility was above the required amount and the Company was therefore not subject to the additional covenants.

Senior Secured Notes

On May 28, 2010, ATDI issued Senior Secured Notes (“Senior Secured Notes”) due June 1, 2017 in an aggregate principal amount at maturity of $250.0 million. The Senior Secured Notes were issued at a discount from their principal amount at maturity and generated net proceeds of approximately $240.7 million after debt issuance costs (which represents a non-cash financing activity of $9.3 million). The Senior Secured Notes will accrete based on an effective interest rate of 10% to an aggregate accreted value of $250.0 million, the full principal amount at maturity. The Senior Secured Notes bear interest at a fixed rate of 9.75% per annum. Interest on the Senior Secured Notes is payable semi-annually in arrears on June 1 and December 1 of each year, commencing on December 1, 2010. The Senior Secured Notes are not be redeemable, except as described below, at the option of ATDI prior to June 1, 2013. Thereafter, the Senior Secured Notes may be redeemed at any time at the option of ATDI, in whole or in part, upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days’ notice at a redemption price of 107.313% of the principal amount if the redemption date occurs between June 1, 2013 and May 31, 2014, 104.875% of the principal amount if the redemption date occurs between June 1, 2014 and May 31, 2015, 102.438% of the principal amount if the redemption date occurs between June 1, 2015 and May 31, 2016 and 100.0% of the principal amount if the redemption date occurs between June 1, 2016 and May 31, 2017.

Until June 1, 2013, ATDI may, at its option, on one or more occasions, redeem up to 35% of the aggregate principal amount of the Senior Secured Notes issued at a redemption price equal to 109.75% of the aggregate principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest, to, but not including, the redemption date, with the net cash proceeds from one or more equity offerings to the extent that such net cash proceeds are received by or contributed to ATDI; provided that:

 

  (1) at least 50% of the sum of the aggregate principal amount of the Senior Secured Notes remains outstanding immediately after the occurrence of such redemption; and

 

  (2) each such redemption occurs within 120 days of the date of the closing of the related equity offering.

In addition, at any time prior to June 1, 2013, ATDI may redeem all or a part of the Senior Secured Notes upon not less than 30 or more than 60 days’ notice at a redemption price equal to 100.0% of the principal amount of notes to be redeemed, plus the applicable premium (an amount intended to approximate a “make-whole” price based on the price of a U.S. treasury security plus 50 basis points) as of, plus accrued and unpaid interest, to, but not including, the redemption date, subject to the rights of holders on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date.

The Senior Secured Notes are unconditionally guaranteed by Holdings and substantially all of ATDI’s existing and future, direct and indirect, wholly-owned domestic material restricted subsidiaries, other than Tire Pros Francorp, subject to certain exceptions. The Senior Secured Notes are also collateralized by a second-

 

71


Table of Contents

priority lien on accounts receivable and related assets and a first-priority lien on substantially all other assets (other than inventory), in each case of Holdings, ATDI and the guarantor subsidiaries, subject to certain exceptions.

The indenture governing the Senior Secured Notes contains covenants that, among other things, limits ATDI’s ability and the ability of its restricted subsidiaries to incur additional debt or issue preferred stock; pay certain dividends or make certain distributions in respect of ATDI’s or repurchase or redeem ATDI’s capital stock; make certain loans, investments or other restricted payments; place restrictions on the ability of ATDI’s subsidiaries to pay dividends or make other payments to ATDI; engage in transactions with stockholders or affiliates; transfer or sell certain assets; guarantee indebtedness or incur other contingent obligations; incur certain liens; consolidate, merge or sell all or substantially all of ATDI’s assets; enter into certain transactions with ATDI’s affiliates; and designate ATDI’s subsidiaries as unrestricted subsidiaries.

Senior Subordinated Notes

On May 28, 2010, ATDI issued Senior Subordinated Notes due June 1, 2018 (“Senior Subordinated Notes”) in an aggregate principal amount of $200.0 million. The Senior Subordinated Notes bear interest at a fixed rate of 11.50% per annum. Interest on the Senior Subordinated Notes is payable semi-annually in arrears on June 1 and December 1 of each year, commencing on December 1, 2010. The Senior Subordinated Notes are not be redeemable, except as described below, at the option of ATDI prior to June 1, 2013. Thereafter, the Senior Subordinated Notes may be redeemed at any time at the option of ATDI, in whole or in part, upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days’ notice at a redemption price of 104.0% of the principal amount if the redemption date occurs between June 1, 2013 and May 31, 2014, 102.0% of the principal amount if the redemption date occurs between June 1, 2014 and May 31, 2015 and 100.0% of the principal amount if the redemption date occurs between June 1, 2015 and May 31, 2016.

Prior to June 1, 2013, ATDI may, at its option, on one or more occasions, redeem up to 35% of the aggregate principal amount of the Senior Subordinated Notes issued at a redemption price equal to 111.5% of the aggregate principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest, to, but not including, the redemption date, with the net cash proceeds of one or more equity offerings; provided that:

 

  (1) at least 50% of the aggregate principal amount of the Senior Subordinated Notes remains outstanding immediately after the occurrence of such redemption; and

 

  (2) each such redemption occurs within 120 days of the date of the closing of the related equity offering.

In addition, at any time prior to June 1, 2013, ATDI may redeem all or a part of the Senior Subordinated Notes upon not less than 30 or more than 60 days’ notice at a redemption price equal to 100.0% of the principal amount of notes to be redeemed, plus the applicable premium (an amount intended to approximate a “make-whole” price based on the price of a U.S. treasury security plus 50 basis points) as of, and accrued and unpaid interest, to, but not including, the redemption date, subject to the rights of holders on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date.

The Senior Subordinated Notes are unconditionally guaranteed by Holdings and substantially all of ATDI’s existing and future, direct and indirect, wholly-owned domestic material restricted subsidiaries, other than Tire Pros Francorp, subject to certain exceptions.

The indenture governing the Senior Subordinated Notes contains covenants that, among other things, limits ATDI’s ability and the ability of its restricted subsidiaries to incur additional debt or issue preferred stock; pay certain dividends or make certain distributions in respect of ATDI’s or repurchase or redeem ATDI’s capital stock; make certain loans, investments or other restricted payments; place restrictions on the ability of ATDI’s subsidiaries to pay dividends or make other payments to ATDI; engage in transactions with stockholders or

 

72


Table of Contents

affiliates; transfer or sell certain assets; guarantee indebtedness or incur other contingent obligations; incur certain liens without securing the Senior Subordinated Notes; consolidate, merge or sell all or substantially all of ATDI’s assets; enter into certain transactions with ATDI’s affiliates; and designate ATDI’s subsidiaries as unrestricted subsidiaries.

Capital Lease Obligations

At December 31, 2011, the Company had a capital lease obligation of $14.1 million, which related to the 2002 sale and subsequent leaseback of three of its owned facilities. Due to continuing involvement with the properties, the Company accounted for the transaction as a direct financing lease and recorded the cash received as a financing obligation.The transaction had an initial lease term of 20 years, followed by two 10 year renewal options. No gain or loss was recognized as a result of the initial sales transaction.

On February 1, 2012, the Company reacquired one of the three facilities included in the 2002 sale-leaseback transaction for $1.5 million. Accordingly, the original lease was amended to extend the lease term on the two remaining facilities by 5 years as well as to adjust the future lease payments over the remaining 15 years. Per current accounting guidance, the change in the debt terms was not considered substantial. As a result, the Company treated the amendment as a debt modification for accounting purposes and therefore, reduced the financing obligation by the purchase price. Cash payments to the lessor are allocated between interest expense and amortization of the financing obligation. At the end of the lease term, the Company will recognize the sale of the remaining facilities; however, no gain or loss will be recognized as the financing obligation will equal the expected carrying value of the facilities. At December 29, 2012, the outstanding balance of the financing obligation was $12.5 million.

10. Derivative Instruments:

In the normal course of business, the Company is exposed to the risk associated with exposure to fluctuations in interest rates on its variable rate debt. These fluctuations can increase the cost of financing, investing and operating the business. The Company has used derivative financial instruments to help manage this risk and reduce the impacts of these exposures and not for trading or other speculative purposes. All derivatives are recognized on the consolidated balance sheet at their fair value as either assets or liabilities. Changes in the fair value of contracts that qualify for hedge accounting treatment are recorded in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss), net of taxes, and are recognized in the statement of comprehensive income (loss) at the time earnings are affected by the hedged transaction. For other derivatives, changes in the fair value of the contract are recognized immediately in the statement of comprehensive income (loss).

On August 1, 2012, the Company entered into two interest rate swap agreements (“3Q 2012 Swaps”) used to hedge a portion of the Company’s exposure to changes in its variable interest rate debt. The swaps in place cover an aggregate notional amount of $100.00 million, with each $50.0 million contract having a fixed rate of 0.655% and expiring in June 2016. The counterparty to each swap is a major financial institution. The 3Q 2012 Swaps do not meet the criteria to qualify for hedge accounting treatment; therefore, changes in the fair value of each contract is recognized in the consolidated statement of comprehensive income (loss).

On September 23, 2011, the Company entered into two interest rate swap agreements (“3Q 2011 Swaps”) used to hedge a portion of the Company’s exposure to changes in its variable interest rate debt. The swaps in place cover an aggregate notional amount of $100.0 million, of which $50.0 million is at a fixed rate of 0.74% and will expire in September 2014 and $50.0 million is at a fixed rate of 1.0% and will expire in September 2015. The counterpart to each swap is a major financial institution. The 3Q 2011 Swaps do not meet the criteria to qualify for hedge accounting treatment; therefore, changes in the fair value of each contract is recognized in the consolidated statement of comprehensive income (loss).

On February 24, 2011, the Company entered into two interest rate swap agreements (“1Q 2011 Swaps”) used to hedge a portion of the Company’s exposure to changes in its variable interest rate debt. The swaps in

 

73


Table of Contents

place covered an aggregate notional amount of $75.0 million, of which $25.0 million was at a fixed interest rate of 0.585% and expired in February. The remaining swap covers an aggregate notional amount of $50.0 million at a fixed interest rate of 1.105% and will expire in February 2013. The counterparty to each swap is a major financial institution. Neither swap met the criteria to qualify for hedge accounting treatment; therefore, changes in the fair value of each contract are recognized in the consolidated statement of comprehensive income (loss).

The following table presents the fair values of the Company’s derivative instruments included within the consolidated balance sheets as of December 29, 2012 and December 31, 2011 for the Successor:

 

            Liability Derivatives  
     Balance Sheet      December 29,      December 31,  

In thousands

   Location      2012      2011  

Derivatives not designated as hedges:

        

1Q 2011 swap—$50 million notional

     Accrued expenses       $ 149       $ 303   

1Q 2011 swap—$25 million notional

     Accrued expenses         —           12   

3Q 2011 swaps—$100 million notional

     Accrued expenses         1,314         551   

3Q 2012 swaps—$100 million notional

     Accrued expenses         750         —     
     

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

      $ 2,213       $ 866   
     

 

 

    

 

 

 

On June 4, 2009, the Predecessor entered into an interest rate swap agreement (the “2Q 2009 Swap”) used to hedge a portion of the Company’s exposure to changes in its variable interest rate debt. The swap in place covered a notional amount of $100.0 million at a fixed interest rate of 1.45% and was set to expire on June 8, 2011. The counterparty to the swap was a major financial institution. The 2Q 2009 Swap did not meet the criteria to qualify for hedge accounting treatment; therefore, changes in the fair value were recognized in the consolidated statement of comprehensive income (loss).

On October 11, 2005, the Predecessor entered into an interest rate swap agreement (the “4Q 2005 Swap”) used to hedge a portion of the Company’s exposure to changes in its variable interest rate debt. The swap in place covered a notional amount of $85.0 million at a fixed interest rate of 4.79% and was set to expire on September 30, 2010. The counterparty to the swap was a major financial institution. The 4Q 2005 Swap met the criteria to qualify for hedge accounting treatment and was designated as a cash flow hedge, resulting in no ineffectiveness in the hedging relationship. Accordingly, changes in fair value of the 4Q 2005 Swap were deferred in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss).

 

74


Table of Contents

The pre-tax effect of the Company’s derivative instruments on the consolidated statement of comprehensive income (loss) was as follows:

 

            (Gain) Loss Recognized  
            Successor           Predecessor  
            Fiscal Year     Fiscal Year      Seven Months           Five Months  
     Location of (Gain)
Loss
     Ended
December 29,
    Ended
December 31,
     Ended
January 1,
          Ended
May 28,
 

In thousands

   Recognized      2012     2011      2011           2010  

Derivatives not designated as hedges:

                 

1Q 2011 swap—$50 million notional

     Interest Expense       $ (154   $ 303       $ —             $ —     

1Q 2011 swap—$25 million notional

     Interest Expense         (12     12         —               —     

3Q 2011 swaps—$100 million notional

     Interest Expense         764        551         —               —     

3Q 2012 swaps—$100 million notional

     Interest Expense         750        —           —               —     

2Q 2009 swap—$100 million notional

     Interest Expense         —          —           —               68   
     

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

        

 

 

 

Total

      $ 1,348      $ 866       $ —             $ 68   
     

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

        

 

 

 

The pre-tax effect of the Company’s derivative instruments designated as hedges on the consolidated statement of comprehensive income (loss) for the Predecessor periods was as follows:

 

     Predecessor  
           Location of Gain      Amount of Gain  
     Amount of Gain     (Loss) Reclassified      (Loss) Reclassified  
     (Loss) Deferred     from AOCI into      from AOCI into  

In thousands

   in AOCI     Income      Income  

Derivatives designated as hedges:

       

4Q 2005 Swap—Five months ended May 28, 2010

   $ (1,140     Interest Expense       $ 4,710   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

On May 28, 2010, in connection with the Merger, the Company terminated the 4Q 2005 Swap agreement and the 2Q 2009 Swap agreement for $1.9 million $0.9 million, respectively.

11. Fair Value of Financial Instruments:

The accounting standard for fair value measurements establishes a framework for measuring fair value that is based on the inputs market participants use to determine the fair value of an asset or liability and establishes a fair value hierarchy to prioritize those inputs. The fair value hierarchy is comprised of three levels that are described below:

 

   

Level 1—Inputs based on quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities.

 

   

Level 2—Inputs other than Level 1 quoted prices, such as quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities; quoted prices in markets that are not active; or other inputs that are observable or can be corroborated by observable market data for substantially the full term of the asset or liability.

 

   

Level 3—Unobservable inputs based on little or no market activity and that are significant to the fair value of the assets and liabilities, therefore requiring an entity to develop its own assumptions.

 

75


Table of Contents

The fair value hierarchy requires an entity to maximize the use of observable inputs and minimize the use of unobservable inputs when measuring fair value. Observable inputs are obtained from independent sources and can be validated by a third party, whereas unobservable inputs reflect assumptions regarding what a third party would use in pricing an asset or liability based on the best information available under the circumstances. A financial instrument’s categorization within the fair value hierarchy is based upon the lowest level of input that is significant to the fair value measurement.

The following table presents the fair value and hierarchy levels for the Successor’s assets and liabilities, which are measured at fair value on a recurring basis as of December 29, 2012:

 

     Fair Value Measurements  

In thousands

   Total      Level 1      Level 2      Level 3  

Assets:

           

Benefit trust assets

   $ 2,670       $ 2,670       $ —         $ —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 2,670       $ 2,670       $ —         $ —     

Liabilities:

           

Derivative instruments

   $ 2,213       $ —         $ 2,213       $ —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 2,213       $ —         $ 2,213       $ —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

ASC 820—Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures defines fair value as the exchange price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability (an exit price) in the principal or most advantageous market for the asset or liability in an orderly transaction between market participants on the measurement date. The Company determines fair value of its financial assets and liabilities using the following methodologies:

 

   

Benefit trust assets—These assets include money market and mutual funds that are the underlying for deferred compensation plan assets, held in a rabbi trust. The fair value of the assets is based on observable market prices quoted in readily accessible and observable markets.

 

   

Derivative instruments—These instruments consist of interest rate swaps. The fair value is based upon quoted prices for similar instruments from a financial institution that is counterparty to the transaction.

The fair values of cash and cash equivalents, restricted cash, accounts receivable and accounts payable approximate their carrying values due to the short-term nature of these instruments. The methodologies used by the Company to determine the fair value of its financial assets and liabilities on a recurring basis at December 29, 2012 are the same as those used at December 31, 2011. As a result, there have been no transfers between Level 1and Level 2 categories.

As discussed in Note 5, the Company determined that the carrying value of a facility acquired form Am-Pac in 2008 and which is currently held for sale exceeded its fair value due to current market conditions. As a result, the Company recorded a $0.6 million adjustment during fiscal 2012 related to the fair value of this facility. This adjustment is included in selling, general and administrative expenses in the accompanying consolidated statement of comprehensive income (loss). The fair value for this facility was based upon quoted market prices from a broker for similar facilities (Level 2).

12. Employee Benefits:

The Company accounts for stock-based compensation awards in accordance with ASC 718—Compensation, which requires a fair-value based method for measuring the value of stock-based compensation. Fair value is measured once at the date of grant and is not adjusted for subsequent changes. The Company’s stock-based compensation plans include programs for stock options and restricted stock units.

 

76


Table of Contents

Stock Options

The Predecessor adopted the 2005 Management Stock Incentive Plan (the “2005 Plan”) in order to attract, retain and motivate directors, officers, employees and consultants of the Company and its subsidiaries. The 2005 Plan authorized the issuance of up to 190,857 shares of voting common stock under terms and conditions set by the Predecessor’s Board of Directors. A committee appointed by the Predecessor’s Board of Directors administered the plan and had sole authority to select those individuals to whom options may be granted and to determine the number of shares of the Predecessor’s Series A Common Stock that would be issuable upon exercise of the options granted. Options granted under the 2005 Plan generally vested based on performance or the occurrence of specified events, such as an initial public offering or company sale. Performance-based options vested at the end of each year based on the achievement of annual or cumulative EBITDA targets for the year. Options that vested on the basis of events such as an initial public offering or company sale did so only to the extent that the initial shareholders earned a specified return on its initial investment in the Predecessor’s shares.

Changes in options outstanding under the 2005 Plan are as follows:

 

     Options
Outstanding
    Weighted
Average
Exercise Price
     Options
Exercisable
     Weighted
Average
Exercise Price
 
            
             

January 2, 2010

     149,015        170.38         67,468         117.65   

Forfeited

     (4,296     211.50         n/a         n/a   

Termination

     (144,719     169.16         108,785         155.17   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

May 28, 2010

     —        $ —           —         $ —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

In March 2010, Holdings board of directors approved a discretionary vesting of certain previously unvested stock options. The average fair value of these stock options using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model was $363.34. The following assumptions were used:

 

     March 2010  

Risk-free interest rate

     1.26

Dividend yield

     —     

Expected remaining life

     2.25 years   

Volatility

     44

This discretionary vesting was evaluated in conjunction with the accounting standard for modification of stock options. As the Predecessor did not have sufficient historical volatility data for Holdings own common stock, the stock price volatility utilized in the fair value calculation was based on the Predecessor’s peer group in the industry in which it does business. As a result of this evaluation, the Predecessor recorded non-cash compensation expense of $5.9 million in first quarter 2010.

On May 28, 2010, as a result of the Acquisition, all Holdings stock options that were already vested were converted into the right to receive the excess of $596.65 per share over the exercise price of each of the options. As a consequence, subsequent to the May 28, 2010 transaction date, all options to purchase previously existing Holdings common stock ceased to exist and the existing stock option plans were terminated.

In August 2010, the Company’s indirect parent company adopted a Management Equity Incentive Plan (the “2010 Plan”), pursuant to which the indirect parent company will grant options to selected employees and directors of the Company. The 2010 Plan, which includes both time-based and performance-based awards, provides that a maximum of 48.6 million shares of common stock of the indirect parent company are available for grant. As of December 29, 2012, the Company has 1.9 million shares available for future incentive awards.

 

77


Table of Contents

Changes in options outstanding under the 2010 Plan are as follows:

 

     Options
Outstanding
    Weighted
Average
Exercise
Price
     Options
Exercisable
     Weighted
Average
Exercise
Price
 
            
            

May 28, 2010

     —        $ —           —         $ —     

Granted

     44,448,000        1.00         n/a         n/a   

Cancelled

     —          —           n/a         n/a   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

January 1, 2011

     44,448,000        1.00         —           —     

Granted

     1,900,000        1.00         n/a         n/a   

Cancelled

     (1,749,600     1.00         n/a         n/a   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

December 31, 2011

     44,598,400      $ 1.00         8,710,401       $ 1.00   

Granted

     2,277,600        1.14         n/a         n/a   

Exercised

     (38,000     1.00         n/a         n/a   

Cancelled

     (156,400     1.00         n/a         n/a   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

December 29, 2012

     46,681,600      $ 1.01         17,594,936       $ 1.00   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Options granted under the 2010 Plan expire no later than 10 years from the date of grant and vest based on the passage of time and/or the achievement of certain performance targets in equal installments over three or five years. The weighted-average remaining contractual term for options outstanding and exercisable at December 29, 2012 was 7.8 years and 7.7 years, respectively. The fair value of each of the Company’s time-based stock option awards is expensed on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period, which is generally the three or five-year vesting period of the options. However, for options granted with performance target requirements, compensation expense is recognized when it is probable that the performance target will be achieved and the requisite service period is satisfied. At December 29, 2012 unrecognized compensation expense related to non-vested options granted under the 2010 Plan totaled $8.4 million and the weighted-average period over which this expense will be recognized is 2.3 years.

The weighted average fair value of the stock options granted during the fiscal years ended December 29, 2012 and December 31, 2011 and the seven months ended January 1, 2011 for the Successor was $0.50, $0.44 and $0.42, respectively, using the Black-Scholes option pricing model. The following weighted average assumptions were used:

 

     Fiscal Year
Ended
December 29,
2012
    Fiscal Year
Ended
December 31,
2011
    Seven Months
Ended
January 1,
2011
 
        
        
        

Risk-free interest rate

     1.48     2.41     1.97

Dividend yield

     —          —          —     

Expected life

     6.5 years        6.4 years        6.5 years   

Volatility

     42.81     40.75     39.45

As the Company does not have sufficient historical volatility data for Holdings own common stock, the stock price volatility utilized in the fair value calculation is based on the Company’s peer group in the industry in which it does business. The risk-free interest rate is based on the yield curve of a zero-coupon U.S. Treasury bond on the date the award is granted with a maturity equal to the expected term of the award. Because the Company does not have relevant data available regarding the expected life of the award, the expected life of the award is derived from the Simplified Method as allowed under SAB Topic 14.

Restricted Stock Units (RSUs)

In October 2010, the Company’s indirect parent company adopted the Non-Employee Director Restricted Stock Plan (the “2010 RSU Plan”), pursuant to which the indirect parent company will grant restricted stock

 

78


Table of Contents

units to non-employee directors of the Company. Upon vesting, these awards entitle the holder to receive one share of common stock for each restricted stock unit granted. The 2010 RSU Plan provides that a maximum of 0.8 million shares of common stock of the indirect parent company may be granted to non-employee directors of the Company, of which 0.3 million remain available at December 29, 2012 for future incentive awards.

The following table summarizes RSU activity under the 2010 RSU Plan:

 

     Number
of Shares
    Weighted
Average
Exercise Price
 
      
      

Outstanding and unvested at May 28, 2010

     —        $ —     

Granted

     150,000        1.00   

Cancelled

     —          —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Outstanding and unvested at January 1, 2011

     150,000      $ 1.00   

Granted

     100,000        1.00   

Vested

     (75,000     1.00   

Cancelled

     —          —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Outstanding and unvested at December 31, 2011

     175,000      $ 1.00   

Granted

     219,298        1.14   

Vested

     (125,000     1.00   

Cancelled

     —          —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Outstanding and unvested at December 29, 2012

     269,298      $ 1.11   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

The fair value of each of the RSU awards is measured as the grant-date price of the common stock and is expensed on a straight- line basis over the requisite service period, which is generally the two year vesting period. At December 29, 2012, unrecognized compensation expense related to non-vested RSUs granted under the 2010 RSU Plan totaled $0.1 million and the weighted-average period over which this expense will be recognized is 0.5 years.

Compensation Expense

Stock-based compensation expense is included in selling general and administrative expenses within the accompanying consolidated statement of comprehensive income (loss). The amount of compensation expense recognized during a period is based on the portion of the granted awards that are expected to vest. Ultimately, the total expense recognized over the vesting period will equal the fair value of the awards as of the grant date that actually vest. The following table summarizes the compensation expense recognized:

 

     Successor           Predecessor  
     Fiscal
2012
     Fiscal
2011
     Seven Months
Ended
January 1,
2011
          Five Months
Ended
May 28,
2010
 
               

In thousands

             

Stock Options

   $ 4,118       $ 3,999       $ 3,687           $ 5,892   

Restricted Stock Units

     231         115         19             —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

        

 

 

 

Total

   $ 4,349       $ 4,114       $ 3,706           $ 5,892   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

        

 

 

 

Deferred Compensation Plan

The Company has a deferred compensation plan for its top executives and divisional employees covered by the executive bonus plan to encourage each participant to promote the long-term interests of the Company. Each participant is allowed to defer portions of their annual salary as well as bonuses received into the plan. In

 

79


Table of Contents

addition to employee deferrals, the Company makes contributions on behalf of its top executives and certain of the divisional employees in varying amounts. The plan provides that an employee who becomes a participant on or before November 23, 1998, shall be fully vested in all amounts credited to such participant’s account. An employee who becomes a participant after November 23, 1998 shall be at all times fully vested in elective deferrals into such participant’s account and, as to contributions made by the Company, shall vest at a rate of twenty percent (20%) per year as long as such participant is an employee on January 1 of each year. The deferred compensation plan may be altered and amended by the Company’s Board of Directors.

At December 29, 2012, the Company’s obligation related to its deferred compensation plan was $2.7 million, recorded in the consolidated balance sheet within other non-current liabilities. At December 31, 2011, the Company’s obligation related to its deferred compensation plan was $2.3 million. The Company provides for funding of the obligation through a Rabbi Trust, which holds various investments, including mutual funds and money market funds. Amounts related to the Rabbi Trust were $2.7 million and $2.3 million at December 29, 2012 and December 31, 2011, respectively, and are recorded in the consolidated balance sheets within other non-current assets. Contributions made by the Company on behalf of its employees were less than $0.1 million during fiscal 2012, 2011 and 2010.

401(k) Plans

The Company maintains a qualified profit sharing and 401(k) plan for eligible employees. All accounts are funded based on employee contributions to the plan, with the limits of such contributions determined by the Board of Directors. Effective January 1, 2002, the benefit formula for all participants was determined to be a match of 50% of participant contributions, up to 6% of their compensation. The plan also provides for contributions in such amounts as the Board of Directors may annually determine for the profit sharing portion of the plan. Employees vest in the 401(k) match and profit sharing contribution over a 5-year period.

The Company match of participant contributions is recorded within selling, general and administrative expense. For the fiscal years ended December 29, 2012 and December 31, 2011 and the seven months ended January 1, 2011, the Successor contributed $2.0 million, $2.1 million and $1.2 million, respectively. The Predecessor contributed $0.7 million during the five months ended May 28, 2010.

13. Commitments and Contingencies:

Leases

The Company leases land, buildings, equipment and vehicles under various noncancellable operating leases, which expire between 2013 and 2026. Future minimum lease commitments, net of sublease income, at December 29, 2012 are as follows:

 

In thousands

      

2013

   $ 75,271   

2014

     70,588   

2015

     60,715   

2016

     51,258   

2017

     46,013   

Thereafter

     158,610   
  

 

 

 

Total

   $ 462,455   
  

 

 

 

The Successor’s rent expense, net of sublease income, under these operating leases was $75.1 million in fiscal 2012, $59.1 million in fiscal 2011 and $29.5 million for the seven months ended January 1, 2011. The Predecessor’s rent expense, net of sublease income, under these operating leases was $20.0 million in the five months ended May 28, 2010.

 

80


Table of Contents

On March 27, 2002, the Company completed an agreement for the sale and leaseback of three of its owned facilities. On February 1, 2012, the Company reacquired one of the three facilities included in the 2002 sale-leaseback transaction. Accordingly, the original lease was amended to extend the lease term on the two remaining facilities by 5 years as well as to adjust the future lease payments over the remaining 15 years. The Company reports this transaction as a capital lease using direct financing lease accounting. As such, the Company has a capital lease obligation of $12.5 million at December 29, 2012. See Note 9 for more information on this capital lease. Obligations under the Company’s other capital leases are not material.

The Company remains liable as a guarantor on certain leases related to Winston Tire Company. As of December 29, 2012, the Company’s total obligations, as guarantor on these leases, are approximately $2.8 million extending over six years. However, the Company has secured assignments or sublease agreements for the vast majority of these commitments with contractually assigned or subleased rentals of approximately $2.6 million. A provision has been made for the net present value of the estimated shortfall.

Legal and Tax Proceedings

The Company is involved from time to time in various lawsuits, including class action lawsuits as well as various audits and reviews regarding its federal, state and local tax filings, arising out of the ordinary conduct of its business. Management does not expect that any of these matters will have a material adverse effect on the Company’s business or financial condition. As to tax filings, the Company believes that the various tax filings have been made in a timely fashion and in accordance with applicable federal, state and local tax code requirements. Additionally, the Company believes that it has adequately provided for any reasonably foreseeable resolution of any tax disputes, but will adjust its reserves if events so dictate in accordance with FASB authoritative guidance. To the extent that the ultimate results differ from the original or adjusted estimates of the Company, the effect will be recorded in accordance with the accounting standards for income taxes. See Note 14 for further description of the accounting standards for income taxes and the related impacts.

14. Income Taxes:

The Company’s income tax provision (benefit) consisted of the following components:

 

     Successor           Predecessor  
      Fiscal Year
Ended
December 29,
2012
    Fiscal Year
Ended
December 31,
2011
    Seven Months
Ended
January 1,
2011
          Five Months
Ended
May 28,
2010
 
             
             

In thousands

           

Federal:

             

Current provision (benefit)

   $ 5,420      $ 8,668      $ 792           $ 3,203   

Deferred provision (benefit)

     (9,802     (7,327     (20,078          (16,693
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

        

 

 

 

Total

     (4,382     1,341        (19,286          (13,490

State:

             

Current provision (benefit)

     1,884        3,278        960             —     

Deferred provision (benefit)

     (2,037     (262     (4,969          (1,737
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

        

 

 

 

Total

     (153     3,016        (4,009          (1,737
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

        

 

 

 

Foreign:

             

Current provision (benefit)

     49        —          —               —     

Deferred provision (benefit)

     (1,192     —          —               —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

        

 

 

 

Total

     (1,143     —          —               —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

        

 

 

 

Total provision (benefit)

   $ (5,678   $ 4,357      $ (23,295        $ (15,227
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

        

 

 

 

 

81


Table of Contents

The provision (benefit) for income taxes differs from the amount of income taxes computed by applying the applicable U.S. statutory federal income tax rate of 35% to pretax income (loss), as a result of the following differences:

 

     Successor           Predecessor  
      Fiscal Year
Ended
December 29,
2012
    Fiscal Year
Ended
December 31,
2011
    Seven Months
Ended
January 1,
2011
          Five Months
Ended
May 28,
2010
 
             
             

In thousands

           

Income tax provision (benefit) computed at the federal statutory rate

   $ (7,008   $ 1,566      $ (20,862        $ (17,957

State income taxes, net of federal income tax benefit

     (100     613        (2,203          (1,069

Benefit of lower foreign rate

     395        —          —               —     

Increase in state effective tax rate

     —          2,073        —               —     

Permanent differences

     437        505        75             325   

Debt issuance costs

     (221     (200     —               —     

Non-deductible transaction costs

     430        —          (364          2,237   

Non-deductible preferred stock dividends

     —          —          —               338   

Tax settlements and other adjustments to uncertain tax positions

     138        (376     462             1,457   

Increase (decrease) in valuation allowance

     132        176        (403          (558

Other

     119        —          —               —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

        

 

 

 

Income tax provision (benefit)

   $ (5,678   $ 4,357      $ (23,295        $ (15,227
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

        

 

 

 

Deferred income taxes reflect the net tax effects of (a) temporary differences between the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities for financial reporting purposes and the amounts used for income tax reporting purposes and (b) operating loss and tax credit carry-forwards. As of December 29, 2012 and December 31, 2011, amounts related to deferred income taxes have been classified in the accompanying consolidated balance sheet as follows:

 

     Successor  
     December 29,     December 31,  

In thousands

   2012     2011  

Deferred tax assets (liabilities):

    

Current

   $ 16,458      $ 15,042   

Noncurrent

     (285,345     (282,756
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

   $ (268,887   $ (267,714
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

82


Table of Contents

The tax effects of the significant temporary differences that comprise deferred tax assets and liabilities at December 29, 2012 and December 31, 2011 for the Successor are as follows:

 

     Successor  
     December 29,     December 31,  

In thousands

   2012     2011  

Deferred tax assets:

    

Accrued expenses and liabilities

   $ 8,490      $ 7,583   

Net operating loss carry-forwards

     2,059        3,486   

Employee benefits

     7,594        4,894   

Inventory cost capitalization

     7,633        7,605   

Other assets

     954        3,228   

Other

     5,534        5,399   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross deferred tax assets

     32,264        32,195   

Less: Deferred tax valuation allowances

     (762     (840
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net deferred tax assets

     31,502        31,355   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Deferred tax liabilities:

    

Depreciation and amortization of intangibles

     (299,262     (298,134

Other

     (1,127     (935
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross deferred tax liabilities

     (300,389     (299,069
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net deferred tax assets (liabilities)

   $ (268,887   $ (267,714
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

As part of the Merger, the Predecessor generated substantial tax deductions relating to the exercise of stock options and payments made for transaction expenses. At December 29, 2012, the balance of this acquired non-current deferred tax asset is $5.7 million, which represents the anticipated tax benefits that the Company expects to achieve in future years from such deductions. The remaining net deferred tax liability primarily relates to the expected future tax liability associated with the non-deductible, identified, intangible assets that were recorded during the Merger less existing tax deductible intangibles, assuming an effective tax rate of 39.6%. It is the Company’s intention to indefinitely reinvest all undistributed earnings of non-U.S. subsidiaries. As these earnings are considered permanently reinvested, no provisions for U.S. federal or state income taxes are required under ASC 740-30. Determination of the amount of unrecognized U.S. federal and state deferred tax liabilities on these unremitted earnings is not practicable.

Management regularly reviews the recoverability of deferred tax assets, and where appropriate, establishes a valuation allowance against them. The Company concluded that certain deferred tax assets related to certain state net operating losses (“NOLs”) and certain capital losses do not meet the requirement of being more likely than not that they will be realized. As a result, the Company established a valuation allowance against them.

At December 29, 2012, the Company had $2.3 million of NOLs available for federal tax purposes as well as $27.7 million available for state tax purposes. The NOLs are available to offset taxable income in future years and expire between 2013 and 2029. Except as discussed above, the Company expects to utilize these NOLs prior to their expiration date.

At December 29, 2012, the Company had unrecognized tax benefits of $2.0 million, of which $0.6 million is included within accrued expenses and $1.4 million is included within other liabilities within the accompanying consolidated balance sheet. The total amount of unrecognized tax benefits that, if recognized, would affect the Successor’s effective tax rate is $1.7 million as of December 29, 2012. In addition, $0.3 million related to temporary timing differences.

 

83


Table of Contents

A reconciliation of the beginning and ending amount of unrecognized tax benefits is as follows:

 

    Successor          Predecessor  
    December 29,     December 31,     January 1,          May 28,  

In thousands

  2012     2011     2011          2010  

Beginning balance

  $ 1,815      $ 2,181      $ 2,329          $ 904   

(Reductions) additions based on tax positions related to the current year, net

    138        (366     —              1,425   

Settlements

    —          —          —              —     

Reductions for lapse in statute of limitations

    —          —          (148         —     
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

 

Ending balance

  $ 1,953      $ 1,815      $ 2,181          $ 2,329   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

 

During the next 12 months, management does not believe it is reasonably possible that there will be a significant change in the Company’s uncertain tax benefits.

While the Company believes that it has adequately provided for all tax positions, amounts asserted by taxing authorities could be greater than the Company’s accrued position. Accordingly, additional provisions of federal and state-related matters could be recorded in the future as revised estimates are made or the underlying matters are settled or otherwise resolved.

The Company files federal income tax returns, as well as multiple state jurisdiction tax returns. The tax years 2008—2011 remain open to examination by the taxing jurisdictions to which the Company is subject.

15. Stockholders’ Equity

In connection with the Merger on May 28, 2010, all existing shares of American Tire Distributors Holdings, Inc. common stock and redeemable preferred stock was redeemed for a portion of the merger consideration. In addition, options or warrants to acquire shares of Holdings common stock were converted into the right to receive consideration in excess of the respective exercise price in complete satisfaction of the option or warrant.

In addition, TPG and certain co-investors contributed $675.4 million through the purchase of common stock in Holdings indirect parent company. In accordance with push-down accounting, the basis in these shares of common stock has been pushed down from the indirect parent company to Holdings and recorded in additional paid-in capital. Subsequent to May 28, 2010, certain members of Holdings management and certain board members purchased common stock in Holdings indirect parent company. At December 29, 2012 and December 31, 2011, these amounts totaled $8.7 million. Accordingly, the Company recorded the basis in these shares in additional paid-in capital.

On November 30, 2012, TPG and certain co-investors contributed $60.0 million through the purchase of 50.0 million shares of common stock in Holdings indirect parent company. The proceeds from this equity contribution were used to fund a portion of the purchase price for the acquisition of TriCan. Accordingly, the Company recorded the basis in these shares in additional paid-in capital. See Note 3 for additional information on the TriCan acquisition.

Common Stock

The authorized share capital of Holdings is $10, consisting of 1,000 common shares, par value $0.01. At December 29, 2012, Accelerate Holdings Corp. owns 100% of Holdings issued and outstanding common stock.

Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss)

The Company maintains a deferred compensation plan for certain eligible employees, in which the obligation is funded through a Rabbi Trust. Unrealized gains and losses on Rabbi Trust assets are recorded net of tax in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) and amounted to $0.1 and $0.1 million at December 29, 2012 and December 31, 2011, respectively.

 

84


Table of Contents

In addition, gains and losses resulting from the translation of foreign currency are recorded in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) net of tax and amounted to $0.3 million at December 29, 2012.

16. Related Party Transaction:

Upon the closing of the Merger, the Company entered into a transaction and monitoring fee letter agreement with TPG pursuant to which the Company retained TPG to provide certain management, consulting, and financial services to the Company, when and as requested by the Company. The Company agreed to pay TPG a monitoring fee equal to 2.0% of adjusted earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation, amortization and other adjustments (“Adjusted EBITDA”). The monitoring fee is payable in quarterly installments in arrears at the end of each fiscal quarter. In the event of an initial public offering, sale of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets or a change of control transaction, TPG is entitled to receive, on its request and in lieu of any continuing payment of the monitoring fee, an aggregate termination fee of $12.5 million. For the fiscal years ended December 29, 2012 and December 31, 2011 and the seven months ended January 1, 2011, the Successor recorded $7.4 million, $4.6 million and $2.4 million, respectively in expense related to the monitoring fee for fiscal 2012, fiscal 2011 and fiscal 2010 which is included in selling, general and administrative expense in the accompanying consolidated statements of comprehensive income (loss).

17. Subsequent Event:

On February 15, 2013, the board of directors of the Company’s indirect parent, Accelerate Parent Corp., amended the Management Equity Incentive Plan, or the 2010 Plan, to increase the maximum number of shares of common stock of the indirect parent company for which stock options may be granted under the 2010 Plan from 48.6 million to 52.1 million. In addition to the increase in the maximum number of shares, on February 15, 2013 the board of directors of Accelerate Parent Corp. approved the issuance of stock options to certain members of management. The approved options are for the purchase of up to 3.5 million shares of common stock, have an exercise price of $1.20 per share and vest over a three to five-year vesting period.

18. Subsidiary Guarantor Financial Information:

The following condensed consolidating financial statements are presented pursuant to Rule 3-10 of Regulation S-X and reflect the financial position, results of operations and cash flows of the Predecessor for periods prior to May 28, 2010 and the financial position, results of operations and cash flows of the Successor for periods after May 28, 2010.

As a result of the Merger on May 28, 2010, the Company repurchased and cancelled all of the Predecessor’s outstanding 10.75% Senior Notes, Floating Rate Notes, and 13% Senior Discount Notes. In addition, ATDI issued $250.0 million in aggregate principal amount of its Senior Secured Notes and $200.0 million in aggregate principal amount of its Senior Subordinated Notes. The Senior Secured Notes and the Senior Subordinated Notes are fully and unconditionally guaranteed, jointly and severally, by Holdings, Am-Pac, Tire Wholesalers and CTO. ATDI, Am-Pac, Tire Wholesalers and CTO are also borrowers and primary obligors under the U.S. ABL Facility, which is guaranteed by Holdings. TriCan is not a guarantor of the Senior Secured Notes or the Senior Subordinated Notes but they are borrowers and primary obligors under the Canadian ABL Facility. Tire Pros Francorp is not a guarantor of the Senior Secured Notes, the Senior Subordinated Notes, the U.S. ABL Facility or the Canadian ABL Facility. A guarantor subsidiary’s guarantee can be released in certain customary circumstances.

Accordingly, the Company updated the guarantor structure as of May 28, 2010 which resulted in the following revised column headings:

 

   

Parent Company (Holdings),

 

   

Subsidiary Issuer (ATDI),

 

   

Subsidiary Guarantor (Am-Pac, Tire Wholesalers and CTO) and

 

   

Non-Guarantor Subsidiary (TriCan and Tire Pros FranCorp).

 

85


Table of Contents

ATDI is a direct wholly-owned subsidiary of Holdings and Am-Pac, Tire Wholesalers, CTO, TriCan and Tire Pros FranCorp are indirect wholly-owned subsidiaries of Holdings. As a result of the Merger, all periods presented have been retroactively adjusted to reflect the post-merger guarantor structure. In addition, during the third quarter of 2011, the Company merged a subsidiary guarantor (NCT) into the subsidiary issuer (ATDI).

The condensed consolidating financial information for the Company is as follows:

Condensed Consolidating Balance Sheets as of December29, 2012 and December 31, 2011 for the Successor are as follows:

 

    Successor  

In thousands

  As of December 29, 2012  
    Parent     Subsidiary     Subsidiary     Non-Guarantor              
    Company     Issuer     Guarantor     Subsidiary     Eliminations     Consolidated  
Assets            

Current assets:

           

Cash and cash equivalents

  $ —        $ 12,319      $ 27      $ 13,605      $ —        $ 25,951   

Accounts receivable, net

    —          277,160        1,435        22,708        —          301,303   

Inventories

    —          681,656        503        39,513        —          721,672   

Assets held for sale

    —          7,151        —          —          —          7,151   

Income tax receivable

    —          369        —          —          —          369   

Intercompany receivables

    36,323        —          60,616        —          (96,939     —     

Other current assets

    —          27,290        5,908        3,955        —          37,153   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total current assets

    36,323        1,005,945        68,489        79,781        (96,939     1,093,599   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Property and equipment, net

    —          128,110        604        1,168        —          129,882   

Goodwill and other intangible assets, net

    418,592        700,869        25,448        76,932        —          1,221,841   

Investment in subsidiaries

    242,010        145,887        —          —          (387,897     —     

Other assets

    8,729        48,430        317        1,204        —          58,680   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total assets

  $ 705,654      $ 2,029,241      $ 94,858      $ 159,085      $ (484,836   $ 2,504,002   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
Liabilities and Stockholders’ Equity            

Current liabilities:

           

Accounts payable

  $ —        $ 468,914      $ 3,058      $ 30,249      $ —        $ 502,221   

Accrued expenses

    —          38,187        463        6,266        —          44,916   

Current maturities of long-term debt

    —          487        6        —          —          493   

Intercompany payables

    —          55,935        27,775        13,229        (96,939     —     
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total current liabilities

    —          563,523        31,302        49,744        (96,939     547,630   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Long-term debt

    —          939,719        9        10,983        —          950,711   

Deferred income taxes

    —          269,857        587        14,901        —          285,345   

Other liabilities

    —          14,132        46        484        —          14,662   

Stockholders’ equity:

           

Intercompany investment

    —          280,622        64,935        97,454        (443,011     —     

Common stock

    —          —          —          —          —          —     

Additional paid-in capital

    756,338        12,072        —          —          (12,072     756,338   

Accumulated earnings (deficit)

    (50,541     (50,541     (2,021     (14,137     66,699        (50,541

Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)

    (143     (143     —          (344     487        (143
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total stockholders’ equity

    705,654        242,010        62,914        82,973        (387,897     705,654   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity

  $ 705,654      $ 2,029,241      $ 94,858      $ 159,085      $ (484,836   $ 2,504,002   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

86


Table of Contents

In thousands

  Successor
As of December 31, 2011
 
    Parent     Subsidiary     Subsidiary     Non-Guarantor              
    Company     Issuer     Guarantor     Subsidiary     Eliminations     Consolidated  

Assets

           

Current assets:

           

Cash and cash equivalents

  $ —        $ 14,118      $ —        $ 861      $ —        $ 14,979   

Accounts receivable, net

    —          268,937        1        5        —          268,943   

Inventories

    —          641,710        —          —          —          641,710   

Assets held for sale

    —          6,301        —          —          —          6,301   

Income tax receivable

    —          1,601        —          —          —          1,601   

Intercompany receivables

    —          —          59,966        —          (59,966     —     

Other current assets

    —          23,030        4,941        274        —          28,245   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total current assets

    —          955,697        64,908        1,140        (59,966     961,779   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Property and equipment, net

    —          99,276        639        15        —          99,930   

Goodwill and other intangible assets, net

    418,592        762,960        1,852        1,067        —          1,184,471   

Investment in subsidiaries

    252,214        60,798        —          —          (313,012     —     

Other assets

    8,691        47,683        3        6        —          56,383   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total assets

  $ 679,497      $ 1,926,414      $ 67,402      $ 2,228      $ (372,978   $ 2,302,563   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Liabilities and Stockholders’ Equity

           

Current liabilities:

           

Accounts payable

  $ —        $ 467,714      $ 2,153      $ —        $ —        $ 469,867   

Accrued expenses

    —          45,516        177        —          —          45,693   

Current maturities of long-term debt

    —          141        17        —          —          158   

Intercompany payables

    23,678        32,613        —          3,675        (59,966     —     
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total current liabilities

    23,678        545,984        2,347        3,675        (59,966     515,718   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Long-term debt

    —          835,635        15        —          —          835,650   

Deferred income taxes

    —          280,088        587        2,081        —          282,756   

Other liabilities

    —          12,493        127        —          —          12,620   

Stockholders’ equity:

           

Intercompany investment

    —          280,622        64,935        —          (345,557     —     

Common stock

    —          —          —          —          —          —     

Additional paid-in capital

    691,951        7,724        —          —          (7,724     691,951   

Accumulated earnings (deficit)

    (36,195     (36,195     (609     (3,528     40,332        (36,195

Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)

    63        63        —          —          (63     63   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total stockholders’ equity

    655,819        252,214        64,326        (3,528     (313,012     655,819   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity

  $ 679,497      $ 1,926,414      $ 67,402      $ 2,228      $ (372,978   $ 2,302,563   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

87


Table of Contents

Condensed Consolidating Statements of Comprehensive Income (Loss) for the fiscal years ended December 29, 2012 and December 31, 2011 and the seven months ended January 1, 2011 for the Successor and the five months ended May 28, 2010 for the Predecessor are as follows:

 

    Successor  

In thousands

  For the Fiscal Year Ended December 29, 2012  
    Parent     Subsidiary     Subsidiary     Non-Guarantor              
    Company     Issuer     Guarantors     Subsidiary     Eliminations     Consolidated  

Net sales

  $ —        $ 3,436,420      $ 8,999      $ 10,445      $ —        $ 3,455,864   

Cost of goods sold, excluding depreciation included in selling, general and administrative expenses below

    —          2,866,048        7,528        13,845        —          2,887,421   

Selling, general and administrative expenses

    —          491,761        3,131        11,516        —          506,408   

Transaction expenses

    —          4,863        383        —          —          5,246   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating income (loss)

    —          73,748        (2,043     (14,916     —          56,789   

Other (expense) income:

           

Interest expense

    —          (72,857     —          (61     —          (72,918

Other, net

    —          (3,870     5        (30     —          (3,895

Equity earnings of subsidiaries

    (14,346     (12,021     —          —          26,367        —     
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income (loss) from operations before income taxes

    (14,346     (15,000     (2,038     (15,007     26,367        (20,024

Income tax provision (benefit)

    —          (654     (626     (4,398     —          (5,678
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss)

  $ (14,346   $ (14,346   $ (1,412   $ (10,609   $ 26,367      $ (14,346
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Comprehensive income (loss)

  $ (14,552   $ (14,552   $ —        $ —        $ 14,552      $ (14,552
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
    Successor  

In thousands

  For the Fiscal Year Ended December 31, 2011  
    Parent     Subsidiary     Subsidiary     Non-Guarantor              
    Company     Issuer     Guarantors     Subsidiary     Eliminations     Consolidated  

Net sales

  $ —        $ 3,052,718      $ 488      $ (2,966   $ —        $ 3,050,240   

Cost of goods sold, excluding depreciation included in selling, general and administrative expenses below

    —          2,534,697        282        41        —          2,535,020   

Selling, general and administrative expenses

    —          430,095        906        6,109        —          437,110   

Transaction expenses

    —          3,946        —          —          —          3,946   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating income (loss)

    —          83,980        (700     (9,116     —          74,164   

Other (expense) income:

           

Interest expense

    —          (67,580     —          —          —          (67,580

Other, net

    —          (2,109     (1     —          —          (2,110

Equity earnings of subsidiaries

    117        (255     —          —          138        —     
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income (loss) from operations before income taxes

    117        14,036        (701     (9,116     138        4,474   

Income tax provision (benefit)

    —          13,919        (683     (8,879     —          4,357   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss)

  $ 117      $ 117      $ (18   $ (237   $ 138      $ 117   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Comprehensive income (loss)

  $ (41   $ (41   $ —        $ —        $ 41      $ (41
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

88


Table of Contents
    Successor  

In thousands

  For the Seven Months Ended January 1, 2011  
    Parent     Subsidiary     Subsidiary     Non-Guarantor              
    Company     Issuer     Guarantors     Subsidiary     Eliminations     Consolidated  

Net sales

  $ —        $ 1,526,617      $ 443      $ (1,811   $ —        $ 1,525,249   

Cost of goods sold, excluding depreciation included in selling, general and administrative expenses below

    —          1,316,286        387        6        —          1,316,679   

Selling, general and administrative expenses

    —          223,901        1,014        3,598        —          228,513   

Transaction expenses

    —          1,315        —          —          —          1,315   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating income (loss)

    —          (14,885     (958     (5,415     —          (21,258

Other (expense) income:

           

Interest expense

    —          (37,390     (1     —          —          (37,391

Other, net

    —          (959     (11     12        —          (958

Equity earnings of subsidiaries

    (36,312     (3,882     —          —          40,194        —     
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income (loss) from operations before income taxes

    (36,312     (57,116     (970     (5,403     40,194        (59,607

Income tax provision (benefit)

    —          (20,804     (379     (2,112     —          (23,295
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss)

  $ (36,312   $ (36,312   $ (591   $ (3,291   $ 40,194      $ (36,312
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Comprehensive income (loss)

  $ (36,091   $ (36,091   $ —        $ —        $ 36,091      $ (36,091
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
    Predecessor  

In thousands

  For the Five Months Ended May 28, 2010  
    Parent     Subsidiary     Subsidiary     Non-Guarantor              
    Company     Issuer     Guarantors     Subsidiary     Eliminations     Consolidated  

Net sales

  $ —        $ 935,400      $ 39      $ (514   $ —        $ 934,925   

Cost of goods sold, excluding depreciation included in selling, general and administrative expenses below

    —          775,671        (2     9        —          775,678   

Selling, general and administrative expenses

    5,892        123,483        3,230        2,541        —          135,146   

Transaction expenses

    —          42,608        —          —          —          42,608   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating income (loss)

    (5,892     (6,362     (3,189     (3,064     —          (18,507

Other (expense) income:

           

Interest expense

    (7,588     (25,081     —          —          —          (32,669

Other, net

    —          (77     (67     17        —          (127

Equity earnings of subsidiaries

    (26,597     (4,432     —          —          31,029        —     
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income (loss) from operations before income taxes

    (40,077     (35,952     (3,256     (3,047     31,029        (51,303

Income tax provision (benefit)

    (4,001     (9,355     (966     (905     —          (15,227
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss)

  $ (36,076   $ (26,597   $ (2,290   $ (2,142   $ 31,029      $ (36,076
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Comprehensive income (loss)

  $ (34,090   $ (34,090   $ —        $ —        $ 34,090      $ (34,090
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

89


Table of Contents

Condensed Consolidating Statements of Cash Flows for the fiscal years ended December 29, 2012 and December 31, 2011 and the seven months ended January 1, 2011 for the Successor and the five months ended May 28, 2010 for the Predecessor are as follows:

 

    Successor  

In thousands

  For the Fiscal Year Ended December 29, 2012  
    Parent     Subsidiary     Subsidiary     Non-Guarantor              
    Company     Issuer     Guarantors     Subsidiary     Eliminations     Consolidated  

Cash flows from operating activities:

           

Net cash provided by (used in) operations

  $ (60,000   $ 69,733      $ (474   $ 767      $ —        $ 10,026   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash flows from investing activities:

           

Acquisitions, net of cash acquired

    —          (117,324     646        1,344        —          (115,334

Purchase of property and equipment

    —          (52,388     —          —          —          (52,388

Purchase of assets held for sale

    —          (3,939     —          —          —          (3,939

Proceeds from sale of property and equipment

    —          77        19        6        —          102   

Proceeds from disposal of assets held for sale

    —          3,738        —          —          —          3,738   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities

    —          (169,836     665        1,350        —          (167,821
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash flows from financing activities:

           

Borrowings from revolving credit facility

    —          3,322,159        —          11,483        —          3,333,642   

Repayments of revolving credit facility

    —          (3,216,797     —          (501     —          (3,217,298

Outstanding checks

    —          (1,754     —          —          —          (1,754

Payments of other long-term debt

    —          (1,823     (164     —          —          (1,987

Equity contribution from TPG

    60,000        —          —          —          —          60,000   

Payments of deferred financing costs

    —          (3,481     —          (298     —          (3,779
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities

    60,000        98,304        (164     10,684        —          168,824   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Effect of exchange rate changes on cash

    —          —          —          (57     —          (57
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

    —          (1,799     27        12,744        —          10,972   

Cash and cash equivalents—beginning of period

    —          14,118        —          861        —          14,979   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents—end of period

  $ —        $ 12,319      $ 27      $ 13,605      $ —        $ 25,951   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

90


Table of Contents
    Successor  

In thousands

  For the Fiscal Year Ended December 31, 2011  
    Parent     Subsidiary     Subsidiary     Non-Guarantor              
    Company     Issuer     Guarantors     Subsidiary     Eliminations     Consolidated  

Cash flows from operating activities:

           

Net cash provided by (used in) operations

  $ —        $ (91,233   $ (99   $ 326      $ —        $ (91,006
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash flows from investing activities:

           

Acquisitions, net of cash acquired

    —          (59,694     —          —          —          (59,694

Purchase of property and equipment

    —          (31,044     —          —          —          (31,044

Purchase of assets held for sale

    —          (2,975     (18     —          —          (2,993

Proceeds from sale of property and equipment

    —          72        7        —          —          79   

Proceeds from disposal of assets held for sale

    —          1,403        —          —          —          1,403   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities

    —          (92,238     (11     —          —          (92,249
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash flows from financing activities:

           

Borrowings from revolving credit facility

    —          2,760,364        —          —          —          2,760,364   

Repayments of revolving credit facility

    —          (2,577,380     —          —          —          (2,577,380

Outstanding checks

    —          9,981        —          —          —          9,981   

Payments of other long-term debt

    —          (800     (22     —          —          (822

Payments of deferred financing costs

    —          (5,880     —          —          —          (5,880
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities

    —          186,285        (22     —          —          186,263   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

    —          2,814        (132     326        —          3,008   

Cash and cash equivalents—beginning of period

    —          11,304        132        535        —          11,971   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents—end of period

  $ —        $ 14,118      $ —        $ 861      $ —        $ 14,979   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

91


Table of Contents
    Successor  

In thousands

  For the Seven Months Ended January 1, 2011  
    Parent     Subsidiary     Subsidiary     Non-Guarantor              
    Company     Issuer     Guarantors     Subsidiary     Eliminations     Consolidated  

Cash flows from operating activities:

           

Net cash provided by (used in) operations

  $ (11,797   $ (11,633   $ (197   $ 188      $ —        $ (23,439
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash flows from investing activities:

           

Acquisitions, net of cash acquired

    —          (11,042     24        —          —          (11,018

Purchase of property and equipment

    —          (12,381     —          —          —          (12,381

Purchase of assets held for sale

    —          (718     —          —          —          (718

Proceeds from sale of property and equipment

    —          74        —          —          —          74   

Proceeds from disposal of assets held for sale

    —          6,806        —          —          —          6,806   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities

    —          (17,261     24        —          —          (17,237
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash flows from financing activities:

           

Borrowings from revolving credit facility

    —          1,995,596        —          —          —          1,995,596   

Repayments of revolving credit facility

    —          (1,997,413     —          —          —          (1,997,413

Outstanding checks

    —          5,328        —          —          —          5,328   

Payments of other long-term debt

    —          (6,988     (28     —          —          (7,016

Payments of deferred financing costs

    —          (24,958     —          —          —          (24,958

Payments for termination of interest rate swap agreements

    —          (2,804     —          —          —          (2,804

Payment of seller fees on behalf of Buyer

    —          (16,792     —          —          —          (16,792

8% cumulative preferred stock redemption

    —          (30,102     —          —          —          (30,102

Payments of predecessor senior notes

    —          (340,131     —          —          —          (340,131

Equity contribution

    11,797        —          —          —          —          11,797   

Proceeds from issuance of long-term debt

    —          446,900        —          —          —          446,900   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities

    11,797        28,636        (28     —          —          40,405   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

    —          (258     (201     188        —          (271

Cash and cash equivalents—beginning of period

    —          11,562        333        347        —          12,242   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents—end of period

  $ —        $ 11,304      $ 132      $ 535      $ —        $ 11,971   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

92


Table of Contents
    Predecessor  

In thousands

  For the Five Months Ended May 28, 2010  
    Parent     Subsidiary     Subsidiary     Non-Guarantor              
    Company     Issuer     Guarantors     Subsidiary     Eliminations     Consolidated  

Cash flows from operating activities:

           

Net cash provided by (used in) operations

  $ 6,263      $ 21,901      $ (155   $ 97      $ —        $ 28,106   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash flows from investing activities:

           

Purchase of property and equipment

    —          (6,424     —          —          —          (6,424

Purchase of assets held for sale

    —          (1,498     —          —          —          (1,498

Proceeds from sale of property and equipment

    —          194        20        —          —          214   

Proceeds from disposal of assets held for sale

    —          185        —          —          —          185   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash (used in) provided by investing activities

    —          (7,543     20        —          —          (7,523
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash flows from financing activities:

           

Borrowings from revolving credit facility

    —          828,727        —          —          —          828,727   

Repayments of revolving credit facility

    —          (822,005     —          —          —          (822,005

Outstanding checks

    —          (15,369     —          —          —          (15,369

Payment of Discount Notes

    (6,263     —          —          —          —          (6,263

Payments of other long-term debt

    —          (715     (6     —          —          (721
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities

    (6,263     (9,362     (6     —          —          (15,631
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

    —          4,996        (141     97        —          4,952   

Cash and cash equivalents—beginning of period

    —          6,566        474        250        —          7,290   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents—end of period

  $ —        $ 11,562      $ 333      $ 347      $ —        $ 12,242   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

93


Table of Contents
Item 9. Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure.

None.

 

Item 9A. Controls and Procedures.

Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures

 

  (a) We maintain disclosure controls and procedures that are designed to provide reasonable assurance that information required to be disclosed in our filings under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the periods specified in the rules and forms of the Securities and Exchange Commission. Such information is accumulated and communicated to our management, including the principal executive officer and principal financial officer, as appropriate, to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure. Our management, including the Chief Executive Officer and the Chief Financial Officer, recognizes that any set of controls and procedures, no matter how well designed and operated, can provide only reasonable assurance of achieving the desired control objectives.

 

  (b) As of the end of the period covered by this Annual Report on Form 10-K, we have carried out an evaluation, under the supervision and with the participation of our management, including our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, of the effectiveness of the design and operation of our disclosure controls and procedures. Based upon that evaluation, the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer concluded that our disclosure controls and procedures are effective at a reasonable assurance level.

Changes in Internal Controls Over Financial Reporting

During the quarter ended December 29, 2012, there was no change in our internal control over financial reporting that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting.

 

Item 9B. Other Information.

None.

 

94


Table of Contents

PART III

 

Item 10. Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance.

The following table contains information regarding our current directors and executive officers. The table also contains information regarding the current directors of Accelerate Parent, our indirect parent. We have included information about the directors of Accelerate Parent because certain decisions relating to our business are made by the Board of Directors of Accelerate Parent, or the Accelerate Parent Board. Certain of our executive officers also serve in the same capacity as executive officers of ATDI, Accelerate Parent and Accelerate Holdings Corp., our direct parent. Directors hold their positions until the annual meeting of the stockholders at which their term expires or until their respective successors are elected and qualified. Executive officers hold their positions until the annual meeting of the board of directors or until their respective successors are elected and qualified.

 

Name

 

Age

  

Position

William E. Berry

  58    President and Chief Executive Officer; Director, Accelerate Parent and Holdings

J. Michael Gaither

  60    Executive Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary; Director, Holdings

David L. Dyckman

  48    Executive Vice President and Chief Operating Officer; Director, Holdings

Jason T. Yaudes

  39    Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer

Phillip E. Marrett

  62    Executive Vice President, Product Planning and Positioning

James M. Micali

  64    Director, Accelerate Parent

Kevin Burns

  48    Director, Accelerate Parent

Peter McGoohan

  31    Director, Accelerate Parent

W. James Farrell

  70    Director, Accelerate Parent

Gary M. Kusin

  61    Director, Accelerate Parent

Carl Sewell

  69    Director, Accelerate Parent

David Krantz

  43    Director, Accelerate Parent

Director and Nominee Experience and Qualifications

The Board of Directors of Holdings, or Holdings Board and Accelerate Parent Board each believe that they should possess a combination of skills, professional experience, and diversity of viewpoints necessary to oversee our business. In addition, the Holdings Board and Accelerate Parent Board believe that there are certain attributes that every director should possess, as reflected in its membership criteria. Accordingly, the Holdings Board and Accelerate Parent Board consider the qualifications of directors and director candidates individually and in the broader context of its overall composition and our current and future needs.

Among other things, the Holdings Board and Accelerate Parent Board have determined that it is important to have individuals with the following skills and experiences:

 

   

Leadership experience, as directors with experience in significant leadership positions possess strong abilities to motivate and manage others and to identify and develop leadership qualities in others.

 

   

Knowledge of our industry, particularly distribution strategy and vendor and customer relations, which is relevant to understanding our business and strategy.

 

   

Operations experience, as it gives directors a practical understanding of developing, implementing and assessing our business strategy and operating plan.

 

   

Risk management experience, which is relevant to oversight of the risks facing our business.

 

   

Financial/accounting experience, particularly knowledge of finance and financial reporting processes, which is relevant to understanding and evaluating our capital structure, financial statements and reporting requirements.

 

 

95


Table of Contents
   

Strategic planning experience, which is relevant to the Holdings Board’s and Accelerate Parent Board’s review of our strategies and monitoring their implementation and results.

William E. Berry—President and Chief Executive Officer; Director, Accelerate Parent and Holdings. Mr. Berry has served on the Board of Directors of Accelerate Parent since May 2010 and has served on the Holdings Board and as our Chief Executive Officer since April 2009 and has been our President since May 2003. He was our Chief Operating Officer from May 2003 to April 2009, Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer from January 2002 to May 2003, and Senior Vice President of Finance for the Southeast Division from May 1998 to January 2002. Mr. Berry joined us in May 1998 as a result of our merger with Itco, where he served as Controller from 1984 to 1998, Executive Vice President in charge of business development and sales and marketing from 1996 to 1998 and prior to that was Senior Vice President of Finance. Prior to that, Mr. Berry held a variety of financial management positions for a subsidiary of the Dr Pepper Company and also spent three years in a public accounting firm. He holds a bachelor’s degree in business administration from Virginia Tech. As our President and Chief Executive Officer, Mr. Berry brings to the Holdings Board and Accelerate Parent Board leadership, industry, operations, risk management, financial and accounting and strategic planning experience, as well as in-depth knowledge of our business.

J. Michael Gaither—Executive Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary; Director, Holdings. Mr. Gaither has served on the Holdings Board since May 2010 and has been our General Counsel and Secretary since 1991 and has been an Executive Vice President since May 1999. He was our Treasurer from February 2001 to June 2003, and Senior Vice President from 1991 to May 1999. Prior to joining us, he was a lawyer in private practice. He holds a bachelor’s degree from Duke University and a JD from the University of North Carolina-Chapel Hill. Mr. Gaither brings to the Holdings Board industry, legal and risk management experience, as well as in-depth knowledge of our business.

David L. Dyckman—Executive Vice President and Chief Operating Officer; Director, Holdings. Mr. Dyckman has served on the Holdings Board since May 2010 and has been our Executive Vice President and Chief Operating Officer since January 2012. He was our Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer from January 2006 to January 2012. Prior to joining us, Mr. Dyckman was Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of Thermadyne Holdings Corporation from January 2005 to December 2005, and Chief Financial Officer and Vice President of Corporate Development for NN, Inc. from April 1998 to December 2004. Mr. Dyckman holds a bachelor’s degree and an MBA from Cornell University. Mr. Dyckman brings to the Holdings Board financial and accounting and strategic planning experience, as well as in-depth knowledge of our business. Mr. Dyckman, effective December 2012, serves on the Board of Directors for PetroChoice Holdings, Inc.

Jason T. Yaudes—Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer. Mr. Yaudes has been our Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer since January 2012. Mr. Yaudes joined us in September 2006 as Vice President and Controller and has been Senior Vice President and Controller since December 2011. Prior to joining us, Mr. Yaudes worked with Timco Aviation Services, Inc. holding several positions ranging from Senior Financial Reporting Manager to Chief Accounting Officer. Between 1996 and 2002, Mr. Yaudes worked with the accounting firm of Arthur Andersen as a Manager in the Audit and Business Advisory Services group. Mr. Yaudes holds a bachelor’s degree from Appalachian State University and holds the designation as a Certified Public Accountant.

Phillip E. Marrett—Executive Vice President, Product Planning and Positioning. Mr. Marrett has been our Executive Vice President, Product Planning and Positioning since July 2011. He was our Executive Vice President of Procurement from March 2008 until June 2011 and our Regional Vice President in the Southeast Division from 1998 to March 2008. Prior to joining American Tire, he was employed by Itco from 1997 to 1998 and Dunlop Tire from 1976 to 1996.

 

96


Table of Contents

James M. Micali—Director, Accelerate Parent. Mr. Micali has served on the Board of Directors of Accelerate Parent since May 2010 and was previously a member of the Holdings Board from February 2009 until his resignation on May 28, 2010. Mr. Micali has been Senior Advisor to, and limited partner of, Azalea Fund III of the private equity firm Azalea Capital LLC since 2008. He served as “Of Counsel” with the law firm Ogletree Deakins LLC in Greenville, SC, from 2008 to 2011. He was Chairman and President of Michelin North America, Inc. from 1996 until his retirement in August 2008 and was a member of Michelin Group’s Executive Council from 2001 to 2008. Prior to that time, he was Executive Vice President, Legal and Finance, of Michelin North America from 1990 to 1996 and General Counsel and Secretary from 1985 to 1990. Mr. Micali is a director of SCANA Corporation and Sonoco Products Company. Mr. Micali holds a bachelor’s degree from Lake Forest College and a JD from Boston College Law School. Through his executive positions, including as Chairman and President of Michelin North America and his work as a lawyer, Mr. Micali brings to the Accelerate Parent Board leadership, industry, legal, risk management, financial and strategic planning experience. Mr. Micali also possesses company board experience.

Kevin Burns—Director, Accelerate Parent. Mr. Burns has served on the Board of Directors of Accelerate Parent since May 2010. Mr. Burns has been a partner in TPG Capital since 2003. In March 2008, he became the Partner responsible for TPG Capital’s Manufacturing/Industrials Sector within the North American Buyout Group. Prior to joining TPG Capital, from 1998 to 2003 he served as Executive Vice President and Chief Materials Officer of Solectron Corporation, a $12 billion electronics manufacturing services provider. Prior to joining Solectron, Mr. Burns served as Vice President of Worldwide Operations of the Power Generation Business Unit of Westinghouse Corporation, and President of Westinghouse Security Systems. Prior to Westinghouse, Mr. Burns was a consultant at McKinsey & Co., Inc. and spent three years at the General Electric Corporation in various operating roles. Mr. Burns holds a B.S. in Mechanical and Metallurgical Engineering (cum laude) from the University of Connecticut and an MBA from the Wharton School of Business. He currently serves as Chairman of the Board of Isola Group and is on the Board of Freescale Semiconductor and Graphic Packaging. Mr. Burns brings to the Accelerate Parent Board leadership, operations, financial and strategic planning experience. Mr. Burns also possesses company board experience.

Peter McGoohan—Director, Accelerate Parent. Mr. McGoohan has served on the Board of Directors of Accelerate Parent since January 2013. Mr. McGoohan is a Vice President of TPG Capital. He is focused on the firm’s industrials/manufacturing, energy and financial services investing efforts. Prior to joining TPG Capital in 2007, Mr. McGoohan was an investment banker at Goldman Sachs. Mr. McGoohan received his M.B.A. from the Stanford Graduate School of Business and is a summa cum laude graduate of Vanderbilt University. Mr. McGoohan brings to the Accelerate Parent Board risk management, financial and strategic planning experience.

W. James Farrell—Director, Accelerate Parent. Mr. Farrell has served on the Board of Directors of Accelerate Parent since October 2010. Mr. Farrell retired as Chairman & CEO of Illinois Tool Works Inc. (ITW), based in Glenview, Illinois on May 5, 2006. ITW is a multi-national manufacturer of highly engineered fasteners, components, assemblies and systems. ITW is comprised of approximately 875 decentralized operations in 54 countries with more than 65,000 employees and 2008 Revenues of approximately $16 billion. Mr. Farrell currently serves on the board of directors of Abbott, Allstate Insurance Company, and 3M. Mr. Farrell holds a bachelor’s degree in Electrical Engineering from the University of Detroit. Mr. Farrell brings to the Accelerate Parent Board leadership, risk management, operations, financial and strategic planning experience. Mr. Farrell also possesses company board experience.

Gary M. Kusin—Director, Accelerate Parent. Mr. Kusin has served on the Board of Directors of Accelerate Parent since October 2010. Mr. Kusin has been a Senior Advisor at TPG Capital since 2006. Mr. Kusin previously served as a President and Chief Executive Officer of FedEx Kinko’s Office and Print Services from 2001 to 2006. Mr. Kusin was responsible for the strategic growth and transformation of Kinko’s and oversaw the ultimate sale to FedEx. Mr. Kusin then assisted FedEx in the transition of Kinko’s into FedEx Kinko’s. During that two year transition Mr. Kusin served on the nine person Strategic Management Committee

 

97


Table of Contents

for FedEx Corporation worldwide. Prior to joining Kinko’s in 2001, Mr. Kusin was chief executive officer of HQ Global Workplaces, the world leader in serviced offices, now a part of Regus. In 1995, Mr. Kusin co-founded Laura Mercier Cosmetics, a makeup line now sold through leading specialty and department stores worldwide, which he sold to Neiman-Marcus in 1998. Prior to co-founding Laura Mercier Cosmetics, starting in 1983, Mr. Kusin was president and co-founder of Babbage’s Inc., the leading consumer software specialty store chain in the United States, which now operates under the name GameStop. Earlier in his career, he was vice president and general merchandise manager for the Sanger-Harris division of Federated Department Stores, today operating as Macy’s. Mr. Kusin currently serves on the board of directors of Petco, Sabre Holdings, Savers and Fleetpride. Mr. Kusin served as a Director of Electronic Arts Inc. from 1995 to 2011 and as a Director of RadioShack Corporation from 2004 to 2005. Mr. Kusin holds a bachelor’s degree from the University of Texas and an MBA from the Harvard Business School. Mr. Kusin brings to the Accelerate Parent Board leadership, risk management, operations, financial and strategic planning experience. Mr. Kusin also possesses company board experience.

Carl Sewell—Director, Accelerate Parent. Mr. Sewell has served on the Board of Directors of Accelerate Parent since March 2011. He is the Chairman of Sewell Automotive Companies. In addition, Mr. Sewell currently serves on the Board of Trustees for Southern Methodist University and the Southern Methodist University, Cox School of Business, having served as past chairman for both. He holds a B.B.A. from Southern Methodist University. Mr. Sewell brings to the Accelerate Parent Board leadership, industry, financial and strategic planning experience.

David Krantz—Director, Accelerate Parent. Mr. Krantz has served on the Board of Directors of Accelerate Parent since March 2011. He is CEO of YP Holdings LLC. Prior to YP Holdings LLC, Mr. Krantz was President & CEO of AT&T Interactive. In addition to AT&T Interactive, Mr. Krantz has held several other senior leadership positions with AT&T. Prior to joining AT&T, Mr. Krantz held senior leadership positions at GoDigital Networks, a telecommunications equipment company, AOL/Netscape, Pacific Bell, and Sprint. Mr. Krantz holds a bachelor’s degree in Finance and Management from the University of Virginia’s McIntire School of Commerce and earned an MBA from Harvard University.Mr. Krantz brings to the Accelerate Parent Board leadership, industry, financial and strategic planning experience.

Board Composition and Independence

The Holdings Board consists of three directors, all of whom are executive officers of Holdings and so are not independent. The Accelerate Parent Board consists of eight directors. Our Sponsor has the right to nominate, and has nominated, all of the directors that serve on the Accelerate Parent Board. Because of their affiliations with the Sponsor and us, none of the directors of the Accelerate Parent Board other than Mr. Micali, Mr. Farrell, Mr. Sewell and Mr. Krantz are independent.

Code of Conduct

We have adopted a code of conduct that applies to all of our employees, including our principal executive officer and principal financial officer. A copy of our code of conduct is available, free of charge, upon written request sent to the legal department at our corporate offices located at 12200 Herbert Wayne Court, Suite 150, Huntersville, NC 28078.

 

Item 11. Executive Compensation.

Introduction

All executive compensation and related decisions related to us are made by the Board of Directors of Accelerate Parent, which is the indirect parent of Holdings. The Accelerate Parent Board does not currently have a compensation committee; rather, the Accelerate Parent Board as a whole performs equivalent functions of a compensation committee.

 

98


Table of Contents

Compensation Discussion and Analysis

Overview

This section provides an analysis of our compensation program and policies, the material compensation decisions made under those programs and policies, and the material factors considered in making those decisions. This section also includes a series of tables containing specific information about the compensation earned in fiscal 2012 by the following individuals, referred to as our named executive officers:

 

   

William E. Berry, President and Chief Executive Officer;

 

   

Jason T. Yaudes, Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer;

 

   

J. Michael Gaither, Executive Vice President and General Counsel;

 

   

David L. Dyckman, Executive Vice President and Chief Operating Officer; and

 

   

Phillip E. Marrett, Executive Vice President, Product Planning and Positioning.

The discussion below is intended to help you understand the detailed information provided in those tables and put that information into context within our overall compensation program.

Compensation Philosophy and Objectives

The overall goal of the Accelerate Parent Board in compensating our executive officers is to attract, retain and motivate key executives of superior ability who are critical to our future success. The Accelerate Parent Board believes that both short-term and long-term incentive compensation paid to executive officers should be directly aligned with our performance, and that compensation should be structured to ensure that a significant portion of executives’ compensation opportunities is directly related to achievement of financial and operational goals and other factors that impact stockholder value.

The compensation decisions of the Accelerate Parent Board with respect to executive officer salaries, annual incentives and long-term incentive compensation opportunities are influenced by: (i) our executive’s level of responsibility and function, (ii) our overall performance and profitability and (iii) its assessment of the competitive marketplace. Its philosophy is to focus on total direct compensation opportunities through a mix of base salary, annual cash bonus and long-term incentives, including stock-based awards.

The Accelerate Parent Board also believe that the best way to directly align the interests of our executives with the interests of our stockholders is to make sure that our executives retain an appropriate level of equity ownership throughout their tenure with us. Our compensation program pursues this objective through our equity-based long-term incentive awards.

These programs are continually evaluated for effectiveness in achieving the stated objectives of the Accelerate Parent Board as well as to reflect the economic environment within which we operate. In this vein, recent events roiling the world’s economies provide a backdrop for the continued review of our compensation strategies. Accordingly, we adjusted shorter term compensation and incentives to help manage through the difficult economic environment while at the same time addressing alternative long-term strategies to reward long-term success and execution. This included freezing all salaries and compensation effective January 4, 2009, the first day of our 2009 fiscal year. The salary freeze continued for fiscal 2010 for our executive officers but was discontinued for fiscal 2011 and 2012.

 

99


Table of Contents

Overview of Executive Compensation Components

In fiscal 2012, our executive compensation program consisted of several compensation elements, as illustrated in the table below.

 

Pay Element

  

What the Pay Element Rewards

  

Purpose of the Pay Element

Base Salary

   Core competence of the executive relative to skills, experience and contributions to us.    Provides fixed compensation based on competitive market practice.

Annual Cash Incentive

   Contributions toward our achievement of specified financial targets and other key performance criteria.   

Provides focus on meeting annual goals that lead to our long-term success.

 

•     Provides annual performance-based cash incentive compensation.

 

•     Motivates achievement of critical annual performance metrics.

Long-Term Incentives

   Stock Option Program   
  

Vesting program based primarily on achievement of specified financial targets, thereby aligning executive’s interests with those of stockholders.

 

Continued employment with us during a 5-year vesting period.

  

Provides focus on our performance.

 

•     Executive ownership of equity securities of Accelerate Parent.

 

•     Retention of the executives.

Retirement Benefits

  

Our executive officers are eligible to participate in employee benefit plans available to our eligible employees, including both tax qualified and nonqualified retirement plans.

 

The Deferred Compensation Plan is a nonqualified plan comprised of a voluntary deferral program that allows the named executive officers to defer a portion of their annual salary and bonus and a noncontributory program that provides for certain contributions to be made on behalf of certain executives by us according to a Board approved schedule. While our funds are set aside to fund this plan, they remain available to our general creditors.

   Provides a tax-deferred retirement savings alternative to certain eligible executives.

 

100


Table of Contents

Pay Element

  

What the Pay Element Rewards

  

Purpose of the Pay Element

Welfare Benefits

  

Executives participate in employee benefit plans generally available to our employees, including medical, health, life insurance and disability plans.

 

Continuation of welfare benefits may occur as part of severance upon certain terminations of employment.

 

In addition, we sponsor an executive medical program for our executive officers, which provides for reimbursement for certain executive officers and eligible dependents for medical expenses not covered by the Group Medical Plan.

  

These benefits are part of our broad-based total compensation program.

 

We believe we benefit from these perquisites by encouraging our executive officers to protect their health.

Additional Benefits and Perquisites

  

Certain executive officers: Three club memberships.

 

Vehicle Allowance

   Consistent with offering our executives a competitive compensation program.

Termination Benefits

   Termination benefits are agreements with certain officers, including our named executive officers. The agreements provide severance benefits if an officer’s employment is terminated without cause or the officer leaves for good reason, each defined in the agreements.    Termination benefits are designed to retain executives and provide continuity to management.

The use of these programs enables us to reinforce our pay for performance philosophy, as well as strengthen our ability to attract and retain highly qualified executives. We believe that this combination of programs provides an appropriate mix of fixed and variable pay, balances short-term operations performance with long-term stockholder value, and encourages executive recruitment and retention.

Determination of Appropriate Pay Levels

Pay Philosophy and Competitive Standing

In general, the Accelerate Parent Board seeks to provide an overall compensation package that rewards for performance above specified targets. Our executive compensation package consists of salary, target annual bonus, and long-term incentives, as well as additional benefits and perquisites. To achieve competitive positioning for the annual cash compensation component, the Accelerate Parent Board sets base salaries to be competitive but provide high target annual bonus opportunities. Thus, our compensation is focused less on fixed pay and more on performance-based opportunities, while still remaining competitive overall. Targeted annual cash bonus opportunities are based on, among other things, our budgeted financial goals and other factors, which may fluctuate from year to year.

The Accelerate Parent Board also focuses on the executive’s tenure, individual performance and changes in responsibility as well as our overall annual budget goals. Additionally, it takes factors such as changes in cost of living into account.

 

101


Table of Contents

Base Salary

Historically, base salary levels have reflected a combination of factors including the executive’s experience and tenure, our overall annual budget, the executive’s individual performance, and changes in responsibility. The Accelerate Parent Board does not target base salary at any particular percent of total compensation. The Accelerate Parent Board reviews salary levels annually using the factors described above. The Chief Executive Officer and other senior management continue to participate in preparing salary recommendations for presentation to the Accelerate Parent Board.

In fiscal 2012, base pay increases granted to Messrs. Berry, Gaither and Marrett ranged from 7.7% to 25.0% and were established after considering job performance, internal pay alignment and equity, and marketplace competitiveness. During January 2012, Mr. Yaudes’ salary was increased to $350,000 in connection with his appointment as Chief Financial Officer and Mr. Dyckman’s salary was increased to $550,000 in connection with his appointment as Chief Operating Officer to reflect the increased responsibilities and duties commensurate with their new positions.

Annual Incentive Plan

Our annual incentive plan, which we refer to as the annual incentive plan, provides our executive officers an opportunity to earn annual cash bonuses based on our achievement of certain pre-established performance goals.

As in setting base salaries, the Accelerate Parent Board considers a combination of factors in establishing the annual target bonus opportunities for our named executive officers. Budgeted Adjusted EBITDA is a primary factor, as target bonus opportunities are adjusted annually when we set our budgeted Adjusted EBITDA goals for the year. Adjusted EBITDA refers to earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization further adjusted to exclude certain non-cash, non-recurring, cost reduction and other adjustment items permitted in calculating covenant compliance under the indentures governing our senior notes. We do not target annual bonus opportunities at any particular percentage of total compensation.

Once the performance goals have been set and approved, the Accelerate Parent Board then sets a bonus pool for all executives covered by the annual incentive plan, whose size is equal to a designated percentage of Adjusted EBITDA actually achieved by us. No bonus pool is funded if actual performance falls below 90% of the Adjusted EBITDA goal. The pool grows pro-rata for actual performance between 90% and 100% of the Adjusted EBITDA goal. Above 100% of the Adjusted EBITDA goal, the pool grows by approximately 20% of each incremental Adjusted EBITDA dollar. The bonus pool is divided among participants in the annual incentive plan based on each participant’s designated percentage of the bonus pool, which percentages were established by the Accelerate Parent Board.

Payment under the annual incentive plan for fiscal 2012 was based on achievement of performance goals relating to Adjusted EBITDA. We set the Adjusted EBITDA goals for fiscal 2012 bonus opportunities at levels that were intended to reflect improvement in performance over the prior fiscal year, specific market conditions and better than average growth within our competitive industry. For fiscal 2012, the targeted bonus pool was $9.9 million, subject to adjustment, based upon an Adjusted EBITDA target of $194.6 million.The percentage of the targeted bonus pool designated for each named executive officer for fiscal 2012 was: Mr. Berry, 15.6%; Mr. Dyckman, 7.0%; Messrs. Yaudes, Gaither and Marrett, 5.4% each. For 2012, the targets for the annual incentive plan were not reached. However, given the fact of the Company’s performance in the face of a 2nd year of declining industry performance, the Accelerate Parent Board voted to declare a one-time discretionary bonus to be paid to participants as directed by the board. The bonus authorized was $4.0 million and actual bonuses to be paid to the named executive officers are included in the Summary Compensation Table under the heading “Non-Equity Incentive Plan Compensation”.

 

102


Table of Contents

Stock Option Plans

Prior to the Merger, we had one stock option plan in effect, the 2005 Management Stock Incentive Plan, which we refer to as the 2005 Plan. In connection with the Merger, the 2005 Plan was terminated and all outstanding options granted under the 2005 Plan were cancelled. Unvested options were cancelled without payment to the holders. Holders of vested options with an exercise price less than the per share merger consideration received an option cancellation payment equal to the difference between the per share merger consideration and the exercise price of the cancelled option.

Following the Merger, on August 30, 2010, Accelerate Parent adopted the Accelerate Parent Corp. Management Equity Incentive Plan, which we refer to as the 2010 Plan. The 2010 Plan was amended and restated on October 14, 2010 and further amended on February 15, 2013. The 2010 Plan is designed to promote the interests of Accelerate Parent and its direct and indirect affiliates and stockholders by providing key employees, directors, service providers and consultants incentives to encourage them (i) to continue working for Accelerate Parent and its affiliates; and (ii) to work to improve Accelerate Parent’s growth and profitability.

As amended, the 2010 Plan authorizes Accelerate Parent to issue options to purchase up to 52,100,000 shares of common stock of Accelerate Parent, or Accelerate Common Stock. As of March 4, 2013, Accelerate Parent has granted 50,181,602 options to our key employees and certain directors, including 3.5 million options that were approved for issuance by the Accelerate Parent Board in February 2013. After giving effect to the options that were approved in February 2013, our named executive officers have received the following stock option grants: 9,301,973 options to Mr. Berry, 2,661,398 to Mr. Yaudes, 5,232,360 to Mr. Dyckman, and 4,650,987 to each of Messrs. Gaither and Marrett.

Options granted pursuant to the 2010 Plan may be either (i) time-based or (ii) performance-based. In general, subject to certain exceptions, time-based options vest ratably on each of the first through fifth anniversaries of the grant date until 100% of the time-based options are fully vested and exercisable, provided the participant remains continuously employed by us through each such vesting date. In general, subject to certain exceptions, each performance-based option vests ratably on each of the first through fifth anniversaries of the grant date if, as of the end of the most recent fiscal year ending on or prior to each such anniversary, we have achieved the EBITDA target established for such fiscal year by the terms of the option. If the EBITDA target is not met for the relevant fiscal year, the performance-based option remains outstanding until terminated and immediately vests upon (i) achievement of cumulative EBITDA targets for the fiscal year and the first fiscal year following that fiscal year; or (ii) the occurrence of a liquidity event in which the Sponsor receives a cash return on its investment of at least 220%. Similar to the time-based options, the participant must remain employed through the vesting date in order to exercise the performance-based options. Under the 2010 Plan, all options, vested or not, expire on the tenth anniversary of their grant date unless otherwise provided.

Under the 2010 Plan, upon termination of a participant’s employment for any reason, subject to the terms of the participant’s option agreement, all unvested options are forfeited and the vested portion of any options expire on the earlier of (i) the date the participant is terminated for cause; (ii) 30 days after the date employment is terminated by the participant for other than good reason; (iii) 90 days after (A) the date the participant is terminated by the Company for any reason other than cause, death or disability; or (B) the date employment is terminated by the participant for good reason; (iv) one year after the date the participant’s employment is terminated by reason of death or disability; and (v) the tenth anniversary of the grant date for the options. However, if a participant’s employment is terminated within two years of a change of control transaction either by us without cause or by the participant for good reason, 100% of the participant’s outstanding time-based options become immediately vested and exercisable. In addition, the option grant agreements for each of the named executive officers provide that in the event of termination by us without cause or by the participant for good reason, whether following a change of control transaction or not, (i) any time-based options that would have vested within six months of termination will become immediately vested on the termination date; and (ii) any performance-based options that would have vested within six months of termination if the employee had continued to be employed will vest upon the date the applicable performance criteria are determined to have been achieved.

 

103


Table of Contents

Compensation Committee Report

The Accelerate Parent Board performs equivalent functions of a compensation committee since the Accelerate Parent Board does not have a compensation committee. The Accelerate Parent Board has reviewed and discussed with management the following Compensation Discussion and Analysis. Based on such review and discussions, the Accelerate Parent Board approved the inclusion of the following Compensation Discussion and Analysis in this Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 29, 2012.

 

THE ACCELERATE PARENT BOARD

William E. Berry

James M. Micali

Kevin Burns

Peter McGoohan

W. James Farrell

Gary M. Kusin

Carl Sewell

David Krantz

Summary Compensation Table for Fiscal 2012, 2011 and 2010

The following table summarizes compensation for our named executive officers for fiscal years 2012, 2011 and 2010.

 

Name and Principal Position

  Fiscal
Year
  Salary ($)     Option
Awards
($)(3)
    Non-Equity
Incentive Plan
Compensation
($)
    All Other
Compensation
($)
    Total ($)  

William E. Berry

  2012   $ 750,000      $ —        $ 600,000      $ 55,533      $ 1,405,533   

President and Chief Executive Officer

  2011     600,000        —          1,584,000        57,959        2,241,959   
  2010     500,000        3,668,635        2,277,000        12,380,100        18,825,735   

Jason T. Yaudes (1)

  2012     342,308        758,275        215,000        21,634        1,337,217   

Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer

           

J. Michael Gaither

  2012     400,000        —          215,000        59,193        674,193   

Executive Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary

  2011     350,000        —          545,000        56,276        951,276   
  2010     290,000        1,834,318        810,900        5,947,889        8,883,107   

David L. Dyckman (2)

  2012     550,000        —          280,000        27,499        857,499   

Executive Vice President and Chief Operating Officer

  2011     350,000        —          727,000        28,430        1,105,430   
  2010     290,000        2,063,607        810,900        2,302,285        5,466,792   

Phillip E. Marrett

  2012     350,000        —          215,000        40,295        605,295   

Executive Vice President, Product Planning and Positioning

  2011     325,000        —          545,000        39,051        909,051   
  2010     270,000        1,834,318        810,900        1,316,610        4,231,828   

 

(1) Jason T. Yaudes was appointed Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer effective January 23, 2012. Mr. Yaudes was not a “named executive officer” of the Company during fiscal 2011 and 2010 and therefore his compensation is not required to be reported for those years.
(2) Effective January 23, 2012, Mr. Dyckman was appointed Executive Vice President and Chief Operating Officer. Prior to January 23, 2012, Mr. Dyckman was our Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer.
(3) Represents the aggregate grant date fair value of option awards granted during fiscal years ended December 29, 2012 and January 1, 2011 calculated in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 718, excluding the effect of estimated forfeitures. The fair value of the options was calculated using a Black-Scholes option pricing model. For a discussion of the assumptions used in the valuation, see Note 12 in our Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

104


Table of Contents

All Other Compensation from Summary Compensation Table for Fiscal 2012, 2011 and 2010

The following table contains a breakdown of the compensation and benefits included under “All Other Compensation” in the Summary Compensation Table above.

 

Name

  Fiscal
Year
  Registrant
Contributions
to Non-
Qualified
Deferred
Compensation
Plan
    Vehicle
Allowance
    401K
Company
Match
    Club
Dues
    Life
Insurance
    Executive
Medical
Benefits
    Long-
term
Disability
    Payments
Related to
Merger (1)
    Total ($)  

William E. Berry

  2012   $ 20,000      $ 19,200      $ 5,628      $ 5,544      $ 3,612      $ 994      $ 555      $ —        $ 55,533   
  2011     20,000        19,200        8,250        5,544        3,612        596        757        —          57,959   
  2010     20,000        18,400        8,250        5,544        2,108        3,676        605        12,321,517        12,380,100   

Jason T. Yaudes

  2012     —          14,900        5,423        —          756        —          555        —          21,634   

J. Michael Gaither

  2012     17,000        16,800        7,776        6,000        3,612        7,450        555        —          59,193   
  2011     17,000        16,800        8,250        6,000        3,612        3,757        857        —          56,276   
  2010     17,000        16,800        8,250        6,015        3,462        2,295        907        5,893,160        5,947,889   

David L. Dyckman

  2012     —          14,400        7,238        2,760        1,260        1,286        555        —          27,499   
  2011     —          14,400        8,250        2,760        1,260        903        857        —          28,430   
  2010     —          14,400        8,250        1,840        795        599        907        2,275,494        2,302,285   

Phillip E. Marrett

  2012     10,000        14,400        7,714        —          5,544        2,082        555        —          40,295   
  2011     10,000        14,400        8,250        —          5,544               857        —          39,051   
  2010     10,000        14,400        8,100        —          3,309        4,400        907        1,275,494        1,316,610   

 

(1) As described below under “Payments Received by Directors and Named Executive Officers in Connection with the Merger,” for any vested options under the 2005 Option Plan with an exercise price per share less than $596.65, our named executive officers received an option cancellation payment for each share underlying the vested options equal to the difference between $596.65 and the per-share exercise price. Mr. Dyckman also received a discretionary cash bonus of $1.0 million in connection with the Merger.

Grants of Plan-Based Awards During Fiscal 2012

The following table sets forth certain information regarding the grant of plan-based awards made during fiscal 2012 to the named executive officers:

 

          Estimated Possible Payouts Under
Non-Equity Incentive Plan Awards
    Estimated Future Payouts Under
Equity Incentive Plan Awards
(4)
  All Other
Options:
Number of

Securities
Underlying

Options
(#)(5)
    Exercise
Price of
Option

Awards
($/Sh)
    Grant Date
Fair Value

of Option
Awards
 

Name

  Grant Date     Threshold
($)(1)
    Target ($)(2)     Maximum
($)(3)
    Threshold
(#)
  Target
(#)
    Maximum
(#)
     

William E. Berry

    $ 776,100      $ 1,552,200      $ —                 

Jason T. Yaudes

      268,650        537,300        —                 
    1/23/2012                750,000          750,000        1.14      $ 758,275   

J. Michael Gaither

      268,650        537,300        —                 

David L. Dyckman

      348,250        696,500        —                 

Phillip E. Marrett

      268,650        537,300        —                 

 

(1) Represents the minimum payment under the annual incentive plan if the threshold level of 90% of the Adjusted EBITDA target has been achieved during 2012. In fiscal 2012, the threshold level was not achieved but see footnote (2) for discussion of a one-time discretionary bonus approved by the Accelerate Parent Board.
(2) Represents payments under the annual incentive plan if 100% of plan performance was achieved during fiscal 2012. In fiscal 2012, plan targets were not reached. However, the Accelerate Parent Board approved a one-time discretionary bonus to be paid to participants as directed by the board. Actual bonuses to be paid to the named executive officers are included in the Summary Compensation Table under the heading “Non-Equity Incentive Plan Compensation.”
(3) There is no limit to the maximum amount payable under the annual incentive plan.
(4)

Represents the number of performance-based options granted to our named executive officers under the 2010 Plan in fiscal 2012. Each performance-based option granted to our named executive officers vests ratably on each of the first

 

105


Table of Contents
  through fifth anniversaries of the grant date if, as of the end of the most recent fiscal year ending on or prior to each such anniversary, the Company has achieved the EBITDA target established for such fiscal year by the terms of the option. If EBITDA target is not met for the relevant fiscal year, the performance-based option remains outstanding until terminated and immediately vests upon (i) achievement of cumulative EBITDA targets for the relevant fiscal year and the first fiscal year following that fiscal year, or (ii) the occurrence of a liquidity event in which the Sponsor receives a cash return on its investment of at least 220%. The participant must remain employed through the vesting date in order to exercise any performance-based options.
(5) Represents the number of time-based options granted to our named executive officers under the 2010 Plan in fiscal 2012. Time-based options granted to our named executive officers vest ratably on each of the first through fifth anniversaries of the grant date, provided that the participant remains continuously employed by us through each vesting date.

Outstanding Equity Awards at Fiscal 2012 Year End

The following table provides information concerning unexercised options for our named executive officers as of December 29, 2012, the last day of our 2012 fiscal year.

 

Name

   Number of
Securities
Underlying
Unexercised
Options
Exercisable
(#)
     Number of
Securities
Underlying
Unexercised
Options
Unexercisable
(#) (1)
     Equity Incentive
Plan Awards:
Number of
Securities
Underlying
Unexercised
Unearned Options
(#) (2)
     Option
Exercise
Price
($)
     Option
Expiration
Date
 

William E. Berry

     3,456,000         2,592,000         2,592,000       $ 1.00         08/30/20   

Jason T. Yaudes

     388,800         291,600         291,600         1.00         08/30/20   
     —           750,000         750,000         1.14         01/23/22   

J. Michael Gaither

     1,728,000         1,296,000         1,296,000         1.00         08/30/20   

David L. Dyckman

     1,944,000         1,458,000         1,458,000         1.00         08/30/20   

Phillip E. Marrett

     1,728,000         1,296,000         1,296,000         1.00         08/30/20   

 

(1) Represents the number of unexercised time-based options held by our named executive officers as of December 29, 2012. These time-based options, all of which were granted under the 2010 Plan, vest ratably on each of the first through fifth anniversaries of the grant date, provided that the participant remains continuously employed by us through each vesting date.
(2) Represents the number of unexercised performance-based options held by our named executive officers as of December 29, 2012. All of these performance-based options were granted under the 2010 Plan. Each performance-based option vests ratably on each of the first through fifth anniversaries of the grant date if, as of the end of the most recent fiscal year ending on or prior to each such anniversary, the Company has achieved the EBITDA target established for such fiscal year by the terms of the options. If the EBITDA target is not met for the relevant fiscal year, the performance-based option remains outstanding until terminated and immediately vest upon (i) achievement of cumulative EBITDA targets for the relevant fiscal year and the first fiscal year following that fiscal year, or (ii) the occurrence of a liquidity event in which the Sponsor receives a cash return on its investment of at least 220%. The participant much remain employed through the vesting date in order to exercise any performance-based options.

Nonqualified Deferred Compensation for Fiscal Year 2012

The following table sets forth information regarding our nonqualified deferred compensation plans, showing, with respect to each named executive officer, the aggregate contributions made by such executive officer during the fiscal year ended December 29, 2012, the aggregate contributions made by the Company during the fiscal year ended December 29, 2012, the aggregate earnings accrued during the fiscal year ended

 

106


Table of Contents

December 29, 2012, the aggregate value of withdrawals and distributions to the executive officer during the fiscal year ended December 29, 2012 and the balance of account as of December 29, 2012.

 

Name

   Executive
Contributions
in 2012

($) (1)
     Registrant
Contributions
in 2012

($) (2)
     Aggregate
Earnings
in 2012
($) (3)
    Aggregate
Withdrawals/
Distributions
($)
     Aggregate
Balance at
December 29,
2012

($) (4)
 

William E. Berry

   $ 28,769       $ 20,000       $ 31,183      $ —         $ 384,658   

Jason T. Yaudes

     60,740         —           13,045        —           136,777   

J. Michael Gaither

     —           17,000         (1,911     —           315,104   

David L. Dyckman

     —           —           —          —           —     

Phillip E. Marrett

     —           10,000         2,856        —           72,851   

 

(1) Amounts in this column are included in the amounts reported as “Salary” or “Non-Equity Incentive Plan Compensation” in the Summary Compensation Table for Fiscal Year 2012 for each of the named executive officers.
(2) Amounts in this column reflect company contributions and are included in the Summary Compensation Table under the heading “All Other Compensation.”
(3) Earnings on balances in the nonqualified deferred compensation plan equal the rate of return on investments elected by each participant in the plan. These amounts are not included in the Summary Compensation Table because the earnings are credited at a market rate of return.
(4) The amounts in the table below are also being reported as compensation in the Summary Compensation Table in the years indicated:

 

Name

   Fiscal Year      Reported
Amounts ($)
 

William E. Berry

     2012       $ 48,769   
     2011         43,077   
     2010         43,490   

Jason T. Yaudes

     2012         60,740   

J. Michael Gaither

     2012         17,000   
     2011         17,577   
     2010         19,490   

David L. Dyckman

     2012         —     
     2011         —     
     2010         —     

Phillip E. Marrett

     2012         10,000   
     2011         10,000   
     2010         12,490   

Potential Payments upon Termination

Employment Agreements

We currently have employment agreements with each of Messrs. Berry, Yaudes, Gaither, Dyckman and Marrett. The employment agreements provide for the payment of an annual base salary and bonus opportunities, as well as participation by each of them in the benefit plans and programs generally maintained by us for senior executives from time to time.

We or the employee may terminate the applicable employment agreement at any time. Upon termination of employment for any reason other than for “cause,” the employee is entitled to receive (1) a basic termination payment equal to (i) his base salary earned through the date of termination and (ii) the previous year’s bonus if the termination is after December 31 and before bonus has been awarded; and (2) continuation of health benefits

 

107


Table of Contents

for a specified period of time after termination of employment at the same rate that was paid by the employee before termination of employment. In addition, if we terminate the employee without “cause” or if the employee resigns for “good reason” (each as defined in his employment agreement), then he is entitled to an additional severance payment based on a multiple of his base salary and plan bonus. The employment agreements each contain confidentiality and non-compete provisions.

The specific severance payments and continuation periods for health benefits provided by the employment agreements for the named executive officers are as follows:

 

   

Mr. Berry is entitled to receive: (i) a monthly sum equal to his monthly base salary in effect at such time plus $25,000 for a period of two years and (ii) continuation of health benefits for Mr. Berry and his family until he reaches the age of 65.

 

   

Mr. Yaudes is entitled to receive: (i) a monthly sum equal to his monthly base salary in effect at such time for a period of 12 months and (ii) continuation of health benefits for a period of 12 months.

 

   

Mr. Gaither is entitled to receive: (i) a monthly sum equal to his monthly base salary in effect at such time plus $22,222.22 for a period of 18 months and (ii) continuation of health benefits for a period of 18 months.

 

   

Mr. Dyckman is entitled to receive: (i) a monthly sum equal to his monthly base salary in effect at such time plus $20,833.34 for a period of 12 months and (ii) continuation of health benefits for a period of 12 months.

 

   

Mr. Marrett is entitled to receive: (i) a monthly sum equal to his monthly base salary in effect at such time plus $19,583.33 for a period of 12 months and (ii) continuation of health benefits for a period of 12 months.

 

108


Table of Contents

Payment Summary

The table below reflects the amount of compensation payable to each named executive officer in the event of termination of the executive’s employment for various reasons. The table does not include nonqualified deferred compensation for which the named executive officers are fully vested or payments that would be made to a named executive officer under benefit plans or employment terms generally available to other salaried employees similarly situated, such as group life or disability insurance. The amounts shown assume termination of employment or a change in control as of December 29, 2012, the last day of our 2012 fiscal year.

 

Name

 

Payments upon Termination

  Termination
without
Cause or
Resignation
for Good
Reason
    Termination
for Cause or
Resignation
without
Good
Reason
    Death or
Disability (1)
    Change in
Control (2)
 

William E. Berry

  Severance and Noncompetition Agreement   $ 2,100,000      $ —        $ —        $ —     
 

Bonus

    600,000        600,000        600,000        —     
 

Health Benefits

    70,026        —          —          —     
   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
 

Total

  $ 2,770,026      $ 600,000      $ 600,000      $ —     
   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Jason T. Yaudes

  Severance and Noncompetition Agreement   $ 350,000      $ —        $ —        $ —     
 

Bonus

    215,000        215,000        215,000        —     
  Health Benefits     10,004        —          —          —     
   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
 

Total

  $ 575,004      $ 215,000      $ 215,000      $ —     
   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

J. Michael Gaither

  Severance and Noncompetition Agreement   $ 1,000,000      $ —        $ —        $ —     
 

Bonus

    215,000        215,000        215,000        —     
 

Health Benefits

    13,137        —          —          —     
   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
 

Total

  $ 1,228,137      $ 215,000      $ 215,000      $ —     
   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

David L. Dyckman

  Severance and Noncompetition Agreement   $ 800,001      $ —        $ —        $ —     
 

Bonus

    280,000        280,000        280,000        —     
 

Health Benefits

    10,004        —          —          —     
   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
 

Total

  $ 1,090,005      $ 280,000      $ 280,000      $ —     
   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Phillip E. Marrett

  Severance and Noncompetition Agreement   $ 585,000      $ —        $ —        $ —     
 

Bonus

    215,000        215,000        215,000        —     
 

Health Benefits

    7,258        —          —          —     
   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
 

Total

  $ 807,258      $ 215,000      $ 215,000      $ —     
   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1) In the event of the death or disability of a named executive officer, the named executive officer will receive benefits under our disability plan or payments under our life insurance plan, as appropriate. These payments are generally available to all employees and are therefore not included in the above table.
(2) We do not provide our named executive officers with change in control benefits. If a named executive officer was terminated following a change in control, such officer would receive payments pursuant to the employment and severance agreements described above.

Compensation of Directors

Holdings Board

The current members of the Holdings Board are employees of Holdings and do not receive separate compensation for their service as directors of Holdings.

 

109


Table of Contents

Accelerate Parent Board

For their service as members of the Accelerate Parent Board, each of James Farrell, Gary Kusin, James Micali, Carl Sewell, and David Krantz (the “Outside Directors”) will receive an annual fee of $150,000 in cash, payable in quarterly installments. Upon their appointment to the Accelerate Parent Board, each of the Outside Directors also received a one-time grant of options under the 2010 Plan to purchase 200,000 shares of Accelerate Common Stock at the fair market value on the date of grant. These options vest in three equal installments on each of the first three anniversaries of the date of grant. In October 2010, we adopted the Accelerate Parent Corp. Non-Employee Director Restricted Stock Plan (the “Restricted Stock Plan”). Each Outside Director receives an annual grant under the Restricted Stock Plan of restricted shares of Accelerate Common Stock valued at $50,000, with vesting to occur in two equal installments on each of the first two anniversaries of the date of grant. Each Outside Director also received a one-time opportunity to purchase up to $1,000,000 in Accelerate Common Stock, at a per share price equal to the fair market value on the date of purchase. These equity arrangements were to further align our Outside Directors’ interests with the interests of our stockholders. The members of the Accelerate Parent Board other than the Outside Directors do not receive separate compensation for their service as directors of Accelerate Parent.

The following table sets forth the compensation paid to the Outside Directors in fiscal 2012:

 

Name

   Fees Earned
or Paid in Cash
($)
     Stock
Awards
($) (1)
     Total
($)
 

James Farrell

   $ 150,000       $ 50,000       $ 200,000   

Gary Kusin

     150,000         50,000         200,000   

James M. Micali

     150,000         50,000         200,000   

Carl Sewell

     150,000         50,000         200,000   

David Krantz

     150,000         50,000         200,000   

 

(1) Represents the aggregate grant date fair value for restricted stock granted during fiscal 2012 calculated in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 718, excluding the effect of estimated forfeitures. The fair value of the restricted stock was based on the stock price of Accelerate Common Stock on the grant date of $1.14 per share.

Payments Received by Directors and Named Executive Officers in Connection with the Merger

None of our directors and none of our named executive officers other than Mr. Marrett held any shares in Holdings at the time of the Merger. Mr. Marrett held 2,364 shares of Holding’s Series A common stock at the time of the Merger. Under the terms of the Merger Agreement, in consideration for those shares, he received $596.65 per share, which we refer to as the per share merger consideration, or $1,412,873.19 in the aggregate.

In connection with the Merger, holders of vested options under the 2005 Plan with an exercise price less than the per share merger consideration received an option cancellation payment equal to the difference between the per share merger consideration and the exercise price of the cancelled option. Our named executive officers received aggregate option cancellation payments as follows: (i) $12,321,516.67 for Mr. Berry, (ii) $5,893,159.71 for Mr. Gaither, (iii) $1,275,493.59 for Mr. Dyckman and (iv) $1,275,493.59 for Mr. Marrett. Mr. Dyckman also received a discretionary cash bonus of $1.0 million in connection with the Merger.

Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation

Executive compensation and related decisions are made by the Accelerate Parent Board, which does not currently have a compensation committee.

 

110


Table of Contents

Indemnification of Officers and Directors

The articles of incorporation of Holdings and Accelerate Parent provide for the release of any person serving as our director from liability to us or our stockholders for damages for breach of fiduciary duty and for the indemnification by us of any person serving as a director, officer, employee or agent or other authorized person to the fullest extent permissible under the Delaware General Corporation Law. In addition, we have purchased a directors’ and officers’ insurance policy covering our officers and directors for liabilities that they may incur as a result of any action, or failure to act, by such officers and directors in their capacity as officers and directors.

 

Item 12. Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters.

Accelerate Holdings Corp., or Accelerate Holdings, directly owns all our issued and outstanding stock. All of Accelerate Holdings’ issued and outstanding stock is directly owned by Accelerate Parent Corp., or Accelerate Parent. All equity interests in Accelerate Parent are owned, directly or indirectly, by the Sponsor, certain co-investors and certain of our employees, including certain of our named executive officers and directors.

The following table sets forth information with respect to the ownership as of March 1, 2013 for (a) each person known by us to own beneficially more than a 5% equity interest in Accelerate Parent, (b) each member of our board of directors, (c) each member of Accelerate Parent’s board of directors, (d) each of our named executive officers, and (e) all of the named executive officers and directors as a group. We have 1,000 shares of common stock outstanding, all of which are owned indirectly by Accelerate Parent. Share amounts indicated below reflect beneficial ownership, through Accelerate Parent, by such entities or individuals of these 1,000 shares of American Tire Distributors Holdings, Inc.

The amounts and percentages of shares beneficially owned are reported on the basis of SEC regulations governing the determination of beneficial ownership of securities. Under SEC rules, a person is deemed to be a “beneficial owner” of a security if that person has or shares voting power or investment power, which includes the power to dispose of or to direct the disposition of such security. A person is also deemed to be a beneficial owner of any securities of which that person has a right to acquire beneficial ownership within 60 days. Securities that can be so acquired are deemed to be outstanding for purposes of computing such person’s ownership percentage, but not for purposes of computing any other person’s percentage. Under these rules, more than one person may be deemed to be a beneficial owner of the same securities and a person may be deemed to be a beneficial owner of securities as to which such person has no economic interest.

 

111


Table of Contents

Except as otherwise indicated in the footnotes below, each of the beneficial owners has, to our knowledge, sole voting and investment power with respect to the indicated shares. Unless otherwise noted, the address of each beneficial owner is c/o American Tire Distributors Holdings, Inc., 12200 Herbert Wayne Court, Suite 150, Huntersville, North Carolina 28078.

 

     Shares of
Common Stock
Beneficially

Owned
 
     Number      Percent  

5% Stockholders

     

TPG Capital (1)

     950.50         95.050

Executive Officers and Directors

     

William E. Berry (2)

     3.57         *   

Jason T. Yaudes (3)

     *         *   

J. Michael Gaither (4)

     *         *   

David L. Dyckman (5)

     *         *   

Phillip E. Marrett (6)

     *         *   

W. James Farrell (7)

     1.49         *   

Gary Kusin (8)

     *         *   

James Micali (9)

     *         *   

Carl Sewell (10)

     *         *   

David Krantz (11)

     *         *   

Kevin Burns (12)

     950.50         95.050

Peter McGoohan (12)

     950.50         95.050

All directors and executive officers as a group (12 persons)

     960.17         96.017

 

* Represents less than one percent or one share, as applicable.
(1) American Tire Distributors Holdings, Inc. shares shown as beneficially owned by TPG Capital reflect an aggregate of the following record ownership: (i) 349,137,687 shares of Accelerate Parent held by TPG Accelerate VI, LP and (ii) 349,137,687 shares of Accelerate Parent held by TPG Accelerate V, LP. The address of TPG Capital is 301 Commerce Street, Suite 3300, Fort Worth, TX 76102.
(2) American Tire Distributors Holdings, Inc. shares shown as beneficially owned by William E. Berry reflect (i) 1,833,790 shares of Accelerate Parent held directly by Mr. Berry, (ii) 392,955 shares of Accelerate Parent held by the Trust FBO Meredith Elaine Berry U/A, a trust established for the benefit of Mr. Berry’s minor daughter, and (iii) 392,955 shares of Accelerate Parent held by the Trust FBO Michael Dolan Berry U/A, a trust established for the benefit of Mr. Berry’s minor son. Mr. Berry’s wife, Marianne Dolan Berry, is the trustee of each trust and has sole investment and dispositive power over the shares held by the trusts. Mr. Berry disclaims beneficial ownership of such shares.
(3) American Tire Distributors Holdings, Inc. shares shown as beneficially owned by Jason T. Yaudes reflect his ownership of 57,500 shares of Accelerate Parent.
(4) American Tire Distributors Holdings, Inc. shares shown as beneficially owned by J. Michael Gaither reflect his ownership of 632,500 shares of Accelerate Parent.
(5) American Tire Distributors Holdings, Inc. shares shown as beneficially owned by David L. Dyckman reflect his ownership of 496,800 shares of Accelerate Parent.
(6) American Tire Distributors Holdings, Inc. shares shown as beneficially owned by Phillip E. Marrett reflect his ownership of 572,700 shares of Accelerate Parent.
(7) American Tire Distributors Holdings, Inc. shares shown as beneficially owned by W. James Farrell reflect his ownership of 1,000,000 shares of Accelerate Parent and 93,860 shares of restricted stock of Accelerate Parent.
(8) American Tire Distributors Holdings, Inc. shares shown as beneficially owned by Gary Kusin reflect his ownership of 500,000 shares of Accelerate Parent and 93,860 shares of restricted stock of Accelerate Parent.

 

112


Table of Contents
(9) American Tire Distributors Holdings, Inc. shares shown as beneficially owned by James Micali reflect his ownership of 250,000 shares of Accelerate Parent and 93,860 shares of restricted stock of Accelerate Parent.
(10) American Tire Distributors Holdings, Inc. shares shown as beneficially owned by Carl Sewell reflect his ownership of 500,000 shares of Accelerate Parent and 93,860 shares of restricted stock of Accelerate Parent.
(11) American Tire Distributors Holdings, Inc. shares shown as beneficially owned by David Krantz reflect his ownership 93,860 shares of restricted stock of Accelerate Parent.
(12) Includes all shares held by TPG Accelerate V, LP and TPG Accelerate VI, LP. Each of Kevin Burns and Peter McGoohan may be deemed to be a beneficial owner of these interest due to his status as an employee of TPG Capital, and each such person disclaims beneficial ownership of any such interests in which he does not have a pecuniary interest. The address of each of Messrs. Burns and McGoohan is c/o TPG Capital, 301 Commerce Street, Suite 3300, Fort Worth, TX 76102.

Equity Compensation Plan Information

 

Plan category

   Number of securities to
be issued upon the
exercise of outstanding
options, warrants and
rights (a)
     Weighted-
average exercise
price of
outstanding
options, warrants
and rights (b)
     Number of securities remaining
available for future issuance
under equity compensation plans
excluding securities reflected in
column (a) (c)
 

Equity compensation plans approved by shareholders

     46,681,600       $ 1.01         1,880,400   

Equity compensation plans not approved by shareholders

     —           —           —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     46,681,600       $ 1.01         1,880,400   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

Item 13. Certain Relationships and Related Transactions and Director Independence.

See Note 16 of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for discussion of our related party transactions. During fiscal 2012 and as of December 29, 2012, none of our directors meet the standard of independence as defined by the Securities and Exchange Commission. Management has evaluated all activities and transactions that have transpired with our directors and deem each to be at an arms’ length and no more favorable than transactions that we would have entered into with an independent third party.

 

Item 14. Principal Accountant Fees and Services.

The following table sets forth the fees billed by our independent registered public accounting firm, PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, during fiscal years 2012 and 2011.

 

In thousands

   2012      2011  

Audit Fees (a)

   $ 615       $ 585   

Audit-Related Fees (b)

     104         58   

Tax Fees (c)

     149         —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 868       $ 643   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(a) Audit fees relate to professional services rendered for the audits of the annual consolidated financial statements of the Company and include quarterly reviews, statutory audits, issuance of consents, comfort letters and assistance with, and review of, documents filed with the SEC.
(b) Audit-related fees include payment for services in connection with our acquisitions as well as consultation on accounting standards or transactions.
(c) Tax fees include professional services related to tax compliance, tax planning and the review of federal and state tax returns.

 

113


Table of Contents

Accelerate Parent Board Pre-Approval Policies and Procedures

In accordance with policies adopted by our board of directors, the Accelerate Parent Board has sole authority to approve all audit engagement fees and terms of our independent registered public accounting firm. The Accelerate Parent Board may delegate authority to pre-approve audit and non-audit services to any member of the Accelerate Parent Board whose decisions should be reviewed at the next scheduled meeting. The Accelerate Parent Board may not delegate pre-approval authority to management.

 

114


Table of Contents

PART IV

 

Item 15. Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules.

 

  (a) Documents filed as part of this Report:

 

  1. The following items, including our consolidated financial statements, are set forth at Item 8 of this report:

 

  Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting

 

  Reports of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

 

  Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 29, 2012 and December 31, 2011for the Successor

 

  Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income (Loss) for the fiscal years ended December 29, 2012 and December 31, 2011 and the seven months ended January 1, 2011 for the Successor and the five months ended May 28, 2010 for the Predecessor

 

  Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity for the fiscal years ended December 29, 2012 and December 31, 2011 and the seven months ended January 1, 2011 for the Successor and for the five months ended May 28, 2010 for the Predecessor

 

  Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the fiscal years ended December 29, 2012 and December 31, 2011 and the seven months ended January 1, 2011 for the Successor and for the five months ended May 28, 2010 for the Predecessor

 

  Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

  2. Financial Statement Schedule

 

115


Table of Contents

SCHEDULE II—VALUATION AND QUALIFYING ACCOUNTS

For the Fiscal Years ended December 29, 2012 and December 31, 2011 and Seven Months Ended January 1, 2011 for the Successor and the Five Months Ended May 28, 2010 for the Predecessor

 

          Additions                    

In thousands

  Balance
Beginning
of Year
    Charged to
Costs
and Expenses
    Charged
to Other
Accounts
    Deductions     Currency
Translation
    Balance
End of
Year
 

Successor 2012

           

Allowance for doubtful accounts

  $ 696      $ 1,996      $ —        $ (1,740 )(1)    $ (2   $ 950   

Acquisition exit cost reserves (2)

    3,865        528        —          (2,549     (5     1,839   

Inventory reserves

    514        419 (4)      —          (502     (21     410   

Sales returns and allowances

    1,982        2,224        —          (2,036     (3     2,167   

Valuation allowance on deferred tax assets

    840        —          —          (396     —          444   

Successor 2011

           

Allowance for doubtful accounts

  $ 340      $ 1,911      $ —        $ (1,555 )(1)    $ —        $ 696   

Acquisition exit cost reserves (2)

    6,975        (498     —          (2,612     —          3,865   

Inventory reserves

    192        480 (4)      —          (158     —          514   

Sales returns and allowances

    29        2,996        —          (1,043     —          1,982   

Valuation allowance on deferred tax assets

    596        244        —          —          —          840   

Successor Seven Months ended January 1, 2011

           

Allowance for doubtful accounts

  $ —        $ 1,762      $ —        $ (1,422 )(1)    $ —        $ 340   

Acquisition exit cost reserves (2)

    6,820        257        2,273 (3)      (2,375     —          6,975   

Inventory reserves

    —          192 (4)      —          —          —          192   

Sales returns and allowances

    —          (35     —          64        —          29   

Valuation allowance on deferred tax assets

    999        —          —          (403     —          596   

Predecessor Five Months Ended May 28, 2010

           

Allowance for doubtful accounts

  $ 2,280      $ 608      $ —        $ (1,428 )(1)    $ —        $ 1,460   

Acquisition exit cost reserves (2)

    8,704        (109     —          (1,775     —          6,820   

Inventory reserves

    1,001        111 (4)      —          —          —          1,112   

Sales returns and allowances

    1,255        732        —          (882     —          1,105   

Valuation allowance on deferred tax assets

    1,558        —          —          (559     —          999   

 

(1) Accounts written off during the year, net of recoveries.
(2) Amounts represent facilities closing cost of acquired distribution centers due to existing distribution centers being located in close proximity to the acquired distribution facilities.
(3) Represents the fair value of closed facilities costs recorded in connection with acquisitions.
(4) Amounts represent net changes in reserve levels for additionally calculated requirements or reductions resulting from sale of or scrapping of obsolete inventories.

 

116


Table of Contents
  3. Exhibits:

 

  2.1      Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated as of April 20, 2010, by and among American Tire Distributors Holdings, Inc., Accelerate Holdings Corp., Accelerate Acquisition Corp. and Investcorp International, Inc., in its capacity as a representative of the stockholders, optionholders and warrantholders of American Tire Distributors Holdings, Inc. (incorporated by reference to exhibit 2.1 to American Tire Distributors Holdings, Inc.’s Form 8-K filed April 23, 2010).
  3.1      Fifth Restated Certificate of Incorporation of American Tire Distributors, Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 filed December 20, 2010).
  3.2      Amended and Restated Bylaws of American Tire Distributors, Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.2 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 filed December 20, 2010).
  3.3      Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of American Tire Distributors Holdings, Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.3 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 filed December 20, 2010).
  3.4      Amended and Restated Bylaws of American Tire Distributors Holdings, Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.4 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 filed December 20, 2010).
  3.5      Articles of Incorporation of Am-Pac Tire Dist. Inc., as amended (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.5 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 filed December 20, 2010).
  3.6      Bylaws of Am-Pac Tire Dist. Inc., as amended (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.6 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-4/A filed January 24, 2011).
  4.1      Senior Secured Notes Indenture, dated as of May 28, 2010, among American Tire Distributors, Inc., American Tire Distributors Holdings, Inc., Am-Pac Tire Dist. Inc., as Subsidiary Guarantor, and The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A., as trustee, in respect of the 9.750% Senior Secured Notes due 2017 (incorporated by reference to exhibit 4.1 to American Tire Distributors Holdings, Inc.’s Form 8-K filed June 2, 2010).
  4.2      Senior Subordinated Notes Indenture, dated as of May 28, 2010 among American Tire Distributors, Inc., American Tire Distributors Holdings, Inc., Am-Pac Tire Dist. Inc., as Subsidiary Guarantor, and The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A., as trustee, in respect of the 11.50% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2018 (incorporated by reference to exhibit 4.2 to American Tire Distributors Holdings, Inc.’s Form 8-K filed June 2, 2010).
  4.3      Form of 9.750% Senior Secured Notes due 2017 (included in Exhibit 4.1).
  4.4      Security Agreement, dated as of May 28, 2010, among American Tire Distributors, Inc. American Tire Distributors Holdings, Inc., Am-Pac Tire Dist. Inc. and the Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.4 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 filed December 20, 2010).
  4.5      Lien Subordination and Intercreditor Agreement, dated as of May 28, 2010, among American Tire Distributors, Inc., American Tire Distributors Holdings, Inc., Am-Pac Tire Dist. Inc., Bank of America, N.A. and the Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.5 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 filed December 20, 2010).
  4.6      Intercreditor and Collateral Agency Agreement, dated as of May 28, 2010, among American Tire Distributors, Inc., American Tire Distributors Holdings, Inc. and the Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.6 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 filed December 20, 2010).
  4.7      Form of 11.50% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2018 (included in Exhibit 4.2).

 

117


Table of Contents
  4.8      Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of May 28, 2010, among American Tire Distributors, Inc., American Tire Distributors Holdings, Inc., Am-Pac Tire Dist. Inc. and Banc of America Securities LLC, Barclays Capital Inc., RBC Capital Markets Corporation and UBS Securities LLC (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.8 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 filed December 20, 2010).
  10.1      Sixth Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated as of November 30, 2012, among American Tire Distributors, Inc., ATD Acquisition Co. V Inc., American Tire Distributors Holdings, Inc., Am-Pac Tire Dist. Inc., Firestone of Denham Springs, Inc., Tire Wholesalers, Inc., ATD Acquisition Co. IV, Lenders party thereto and Bank of America, N.A. as Administrative and Collateral Agent and Lender. *
  10.2      Amended and Restated Pledge and Security Agreement, dated as of May 28, 2010, among American Tire Distributors, Inc., American Tire Distributors Holdings, Inc., Am-Pac Tire Dist. Inc. and the Bank of New York Mellon trust Company, N.A. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 filed December 20, 2010).
10.3      Second Amended and Restated Pledge and Security Agreement, dated as of November 30, 2012, among American Tire Distributors, Inc., Am-Pac Tire Dist. Inc., American Tire Distributors Holdings, Inc., Tire Wholesalers, Inc., Firestone of Denham Springs, Inc., d/b/a Consolidated Tire and Oil, ATD Acquisition Co. IV. and Bank of America, N.A. *
10.4      Canadian Pledge and Security Agreement, dated as of November 30, 2012, among ATD Acquisition Co. V Inc., Triwest Trading (Canada) Ltd. and Bank of America, N.A. *
10.5      Amended and Restated Accelerate Parent Corp. Management Equity Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 filed December 20, 2010).
10.6      Form of Option Grant Agreement under the 2010 Amended and Restated Accelerate Parent Corp. Management Equity Incentive Plan for directors (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.5 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 filed December 20, 2010).
10.7      Form of Option Grant Agreement under the 2010 Amended and Restated Accelerate Parent Corp. Management Equity Incentive Plan for certain employees (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.6 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 filed December 20, 2010).
10.8      Accelerate Parent Corp. Non-Employee Director Restricted Stock Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.7 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 filed December 20, 2010).
10.9    Form of Restricted Stock Grant Agreement under the 2010 Accelerate Parent Corp. Non-Employee Director Restricted Stock Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.8 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 filed December 20, 2010).
10.10    Transaction and Monitoring Fee Letter Agreement, dated as of May 28, 2010, between American Tire Distributors, Inc. and TPG Capital, L.P. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.9 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 filed December 20, 2010).
10.11    Indemnification Agreement, dated as of May 28, 2010, among American Tire Distributors Holdings, Inc., American Tire Distributors, Inc., Am-Pac Tire Dist. Inc., Tire Pros Francorp and TPG Capital, L.P. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.10 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 filed December 20, 2010).
10.12    Accelerate Parent Corp. Management Stockholders’ Agreement, dated as of June 15, 2010, among Accelerate Parent Corp., TPG Partners V, L.P. and TPG Partners VI, L.P. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.11 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 filed December 20, 2010).
10.13    Executive Employment Agreement, dated as of March 31, 2005, between American Tire Distributors, Inc. and Richard P. Johnson (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.12 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 filed December 20, 2010).

 

118


Table of Contents
10.14    Executive Employment Agreement, dated as of March 31, 2005, between American Tire Distributors, Inc. and J. Michael Gaither (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.13 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 filed December 20, 2010).
10.15    Executive Employment Agreement, dated as of March 31, 2005, between American Tire Distributors, Inc. and Phillip E. Marrett (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.14 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 filed December 20, 2010).
10.16    Executive Employment Agreement, dated as of March 31, 2005, between American Tire Distributors, Inc. and Daniel K. Brown (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.15 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 filed December 20, 2010).
10.17    Executive Employment Agreement, dated as of December 6, 2005, between American Tire Distributors, Inc. and David L. Dyckman (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.34 to the Registrant’s Annual Report Form 10-K filed March 31, 2006).
10.18    First Amendment to Executive Employment Agreement, dated as of March 3, 2008, between American Tire Distributors, Inc. and Richard P. Johnson (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.37 to the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K filed March 26, 2008).
10.19    Second Amendment to Executive Employment Agreement, dated as of April 6, 2009, between American Tire Distributors, Inc. and Richard P. Johnson (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed May 18, 2009).
10.20    Separation Agreement and General Release, dated as of May 21, 2010, between American Tire Distributors Holdings, Inc. and Richard P. Johnson (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.19 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 filed December 20, 2010).
10.21    Amended and Restated Employment Agreement, dated as of April 6, 2009, between American Tire Distributors, Inc. and William E. Berry (incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.1 to the Registrant’s Form 8-K filed June 3, 2009).
10.22    Employment Agreement, dated as of January 23, 2012, between American Tire Distributors, Inc. and Jason T. Yaudes (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Registrant’s Form 8-K filed January 23, 2012).
12.1      Statement setting forth the Computation of Ratio of Earnings to Fixed Charges.*
21.1      Chart of the subsidiaries of American Tire Distributors Holdings, Inc.*
31.1      Certification of Principal Executive Officer pursuant to Rules 13a-14(a) and 15d-14(a) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as adopted pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.*
31.2      Certification of Principal Financial Officer pursuant to Rules 13a-14(a) and 15d-14(a) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as adopted pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.*
32.1      Certifications of Principal Executive Officer and Principal Financial Officer furnished pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.*
101    The following materials from the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 29, 2012, formatted in XBRL (Extensible Business Reporting Language): (i) the Consolidated Balance Sheets, (ii) the Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income (Loss), (iii) the Consolidated Statements of Stockholder’s Equity, (iv) the Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows, and (v) Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.**

 

* Filed herewith.
** Pursuant to Rule 406T of Regulation S-T, these interactive data files are deemed not filed or part of a registration statement or prospectus for purposes of Sections 11 or 12 of the Securities Act of 1933 or Section 18 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and otherwise are not subject to liability.

 

119


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, the Registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on our behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, on March 11, 2013.

 

AMERICAN TIRE DISTRIBUTORS HOLDINGS, INC.

By:

 

/S/    WILLIAM E. BERRY        

Name:

  William E. Berry

Title:

  President and Chief Executive Officer

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, this report has been signed by the following persons on behalf of the Registrant and in the capacities indicated on March 11, 2013.

 

Signature

  

Title

 

Date

/S/    WILLIAM E. BERRY        

William E. Berry

   Director, President and Chief Executive Officer (Principle Executive Officer)   March 11, 2013

/S/    JASON T. YAUDES        

Jason T. Yaudes

  

Executive Vice President and

Chief Financial Officer (Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)

  March 11, 2013

/S/    DAVID L. DYCKMAN        

David L. Dyckman

   Director, Executive Vice President and Chief Operating Officer   March 11, 2013

/S/    J. MICHAEL GAITHER        

J. Michael Gaither

   Director, Executive Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary   March 11, 2013

 

120